Small molecule lactate dehydrogenase inhibitors and methods of using them

Description

BACKGROUND

[0001] Agents that target enzymes involved in cancer cell metabolism offer an attractive therapeutic route in view of the potential to preferentially target cancer tissue over normal tissue. While normal tissue typically uses glycolysis only when the oxygen supply is low, cancer tissue relies heavily on aerobic glycolysis regardless of the oxygen supply level. This property is known as the Warburg effect (Vander Heiden et al., Science, 2009, 324(5930): 1029-1033). Lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) is involved in the final step of glycolysis, in which pyruvate is converted to lactate. The decrease in the rate of pyruvate entering the TCA (tricarboxylic acid) cycle and the concurrent increase in lactate production is vital for the growth and survival of tumors. There are two different subunits of LDH, LDHA and LDHB, but both subunits have the same active site and catalyze the conversion of pyruvate to lactate. In cancer patients, serum total lactate dehydrogenase (LDH5, a tetramer of LDHA sub-units; the major LDH isoenzyme involved in glycolysis) levels are often increased, and the gene for LDHA, is up-regulated. Tumor cells can then metabolize lactate as an energy source. Inhibition of LDH results in the stimulation of mitochondrial respiration as a compensatory mechanism. LDH inhibition is expected to reduce the ability of the cell to effectively metabolize glucose and reduce tumor cell proliferation and tumor growth. Thus, compounds that inhibit LDH activity have potential for the development of anti-cancer therapeutics.

[0002] LDHA inhibitors have been known previously. For example, gossypol is a nonselective inhibitor of LDH that blocks the binding of NADH, with a K i for LDHA and lactate dehydrogenase B (LDHB) of 1.9 and 1.4 µM, respectively (Doherty et al., J. Clin. Invest., 2013, 123(9): 3685-3692). Billiard et al. (Cancer and Metabolism, 2013, 1(19): 1-17) reports that certain derivatives of 3-((3-carbamoyl-7-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-6-methoxyquinolin-4-yl) amino) benzoic acid are potent inhibitors of LDH and were 10- to 80-fold more selective for LDHA inhibition than LDHB inhibition. However, the in vivo bioavailability of the inhibitors was found to be poor.

[0003] In view of the foregoing, there remains a need to provide novel LDH inhibitors with improved potency, selectivity, and / or bioavailability for the treatment of cancer. Note that WO2013092753 discloses indole derivative inhibitors of lactate dehydrogenase (LDH).SUMMARY

[0004] The present disclosure generally relates to compounds of formula (I) in which Ar 1< , R 1< , U, V, W, X, and p are as described herein (such compounds not as such according to the claimed invention, which is narrower in scope). It has been discovered that a compound defined by formula (I) is effective in inhibiting lactate dehydrogenase A (LDHA) and / or lactate dehydrogenase B (LDHB) activity, thereby making the compound effective in treating cancer. It has also been discovered that inhibitors of LDHA and / or LDHB are useful for treating fibrosis, including idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. It is envisioned that a compound of formula (I) is desirable for treating cancer because the compound tends to be selective for LDHA and / or LDHB relative to other dehydrogenases (e.g., GAPDH and PHGDH) and / or have a desired solubility, permeability, and / or pharmacokinetics profile (e.g., ADME) for an anti-cancer agent.

[0005] Thus, the disclosure further describes a method of treating cancer in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of the compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (such method not as such according to the claimed invention).

[0006] The disclosure describes a method of treating fibrosis, including idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of the compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (such method not as such according to the claimed invention).

[0007] Also described is a method of treating a patient with cancer cells resistant to an anti-cancer agent, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of the compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the anti-cancer agent, whereby the compound, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof re-sensitizes the cancer cells to the anti-cancer agent (such method not as such according to the claimed invention).

[0008] Also described is a method of inhibiting lactate dehydrogenase A (LDHA) and / or lactate dehydrogenase B activity in a cell comprising administering a compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a cell (such method not as such according to the claimed invention). Note however that the claimed invention is set out in the appended claims.DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0009] As mentioned above, the present disclosure generally relates to (but does not as such claim) a compound of formula (I) wherein Ar 1< is an optionally substituted moiety comprising at least one 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl that contains one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; U is aryl, -C(O)aryl, Het, or -C(O)Het, each of which is optionally substituted, wherein Het is a monocyclic or bicyclic moiety comprising a heterocycloalkyl that contains at least two double bonds and one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; R 1< is independently chosen from halo, -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -C(O)NHOH, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)( (mono- or bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)O-(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- or bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -P(O)(OH) 2 , -SO 2 (OH), -B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -C(O)NHS(O) 2 Me and - SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 1< except halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 2< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, - O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -P(O)(OH) 2 , - B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -C(O)NHS(O) 2 Me and -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 1< except halo is substituted or unsubstituted; V is aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with -(R 2< ) n , wherein the heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic moiety that contains one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; W is -(R 3< ) m or R 2< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, - O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; or when W is phenyl, then two R 3< moieties and the phenyl group to which they are attached form a naphthyl group that is optionally substituted with at least one additional R 3< moiety; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , R 7< , R 8< , and R 9< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; each R 13< and R 14< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, wherein R 13< and R 14< are optionally connected to each other to form a ring; X is a bond, -CR 8< R 9< -, -NR 5< -, -CR 8< NR 5< -, -NR 5< CR 8< -, -NR 5< C(O), -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, or - S-; m, n, and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5; and p is 0, 1, or 2; provided when Ar 1< is quinolinyl, then U is not pyrimidinyl; when Ar 1< -U is 2-(1H-indol-1-yl)thiazolyl, then X at the 3-position on the indolyl group is not a bond or -CH 2 -, or W at the 3-position on the indolyl group is not phenyl, or R 3< at the 3-position on the indolyl group is not benzyl; and when Ar 1< -U is 2-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazolyl, then W at the 3-position on the pyrazolyl group is not 4-trifluoromethylphenyl or 4-nitrophenyl, or X at the 4-position on the pyrazolyl group is not a bond, or a prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[0010] In an aspect of this disclosure, Ar 1< is indolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, quinolinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, thiofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, or pyrimidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted. When Ar 1< is substituted, there can be 1 to 3 substituents (e.g., 1, 2, or 3 substituents) that are the same or different. Suitable substituents include, e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, halo, -CN, cyanoalkyl, -NO 2 , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< R 6< , - SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 R 4< , aryl, heteroaryl, and / or heterocycloalkyl.

[0011] In certain compounds, Ar 1< is pyrazolyl, indolyl, or pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted. For example, Ar 1< can be pyrazolyl or indolyl substituted with a substituent, such as, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, halo, -CN, cyanoalkyl, -NO 2 , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 R 4< , aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl. The pyrazolyl can be substituted with C 1 -C 8 alkyl, cyclopropyl, -CH 2 -cyclopropyl, -CH=CH 2 , -C≡C-cyclopropyl, -OH, -CO 2 H, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, CF 3 , Cl, F, I, -CN, -CH 2 CN, NH 2 , -C(O)NH 2 , -NH-pyridinyl, -CH 2 -tetrazolyl, phenyl, benzyl, or -SO 2 Me.

[0012] In any of the foregoing aspects, U is phenyl, -C(O)phenyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, thiofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, or 6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazin-3-yl, each of which is optionally substituted.

[0013] In other aspects, U is Het or -C(O)Het, and Het is wherein R 5< is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl, each of these Het moieties is optionally substituted, and each point of attachment can be either Ar 1< or R 1< .

[0014] Optionally, U is or each of which is optionally substituted, and wherein each point of attachment can be either Ar 1< or R 1< .

[0015] When U is substituted, there can be 1 or 2 substituents that are the same or different. Suitable substituents include, e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl,C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, halo, -CN, cyanoalkyl, -NO 2 , CO 2 R 4< , C(O)NR 5< R 6< , NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , NR 5< C(O)R 4< , NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2< R 4< , aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and / or heterocycloalkyl.

[0016] Optionally, Ar 1< is pyrazolyl, indolyl, or pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted, and U is each of which is optionally substituted. In this aspect, the following core structures of formula (I) can be formed: in which X 2< is -NR 5< -, -O-, or -S-; p is 0; 1 or 2; and R 1< is halo, -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -CH 2 OH, -CHCF 3 OH, -C(CF 3 ) 2 OH, -C(O)NHOH-C(O)OCR 5< R 6< OC(O)OR 4< , -C(O)O-2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, -C(O)O-(5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2(3H)-one, isoxazol-3(2H)-one, -P(O)(OH) 2 , -B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , or tetrazolyl.

[0017] Optionally, R 1< is -CO 2 H or -CO 2 (C 1 -C 8 alkyl), wherein the C 1 -C 8 alkyl is substituted or unsubstituted, or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[0018] Optionally, V is phenyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyranyl, piperidyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, morpholinyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which is substituted with -(R 2< ) n . In some aspects, V is phenyl substituted with -(R 2< ) n .

[0019] Optionally, R 2< is -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< ; and R 5< and R 6< are the same or different and each is H or C 1 -C 8 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, or tert-butyl). In some aspects, R 2< is -SO 2 NH 2 .

[0020] Optionally, n is 1, so that V is monosubstituted.

[0021] Optionally, W is

[0022] Optionally, R 3< is independently halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.

[0023] Optionally, m is 1 or 2.

[0024] Optionally, X is -CR 8< R 9< - (e.g., -CH 2 -), -O-, or -NH-, in which R 8< and R 9< are the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or aryl.

[0025] Optionally, the compound of formula (I) is a compound, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of formula (Ia), which is not according to the claimed invention: wherein Y 1< , Y 2< , Y 3< , Y 4< , and Y 5< are each independently CH or N; R 1< is independently chosen from halo, -C(O)R 4< , -CH 2 OH, -C(O)NHCN, -C(O)NHSO 2 H, -C(S)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -C(O)NHOH, -C(O)OCR 5< R 6< OC(O)OR 4< , -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)( (mono- or bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)O-(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- or bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), - P(O)(OH) 2 , -B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -C(O)NHS(O) 2 Me and -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 1< except halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 2< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, - O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; or two R 3< moieties and the phenyl group to which they are attached form a naphthyl group or its heterocyclic analog that is optionally substituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , R 7< , R 8< , and R 9< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; R 10< is hydrogen, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 R 4< , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), each of which R 10< except hydrogen, halo, -CN, and -NO 2 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 13< and R 14< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, wherein R 13< and R 14< are optionally connected to each other to form a ring; X 1< is a bond, -CR 8< R 9< -, -NR 5< -, -CR 8< NR 5< -, -NR 5< CR 8< -, -NR 5< C(O)-, -O-, or -S-; X 2< is -NR 5< -, -O-, -CO-, -SO 2 -, or -S-; m, n, and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5; and p is 1 or 2.

[0026] In an aspect of formula (Ia), R 1< is independently chosen from halo, -CO 2 R 4< , -CONH 2 , -C(O)NHOH, -P(O)(OH) 2 , - B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(C 1 -C 8 alkylene)OH, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy, heteroaryl, and -C(O)O- heteroaryl, each of which R 1< except hydrogen, halo, -P(O)(OH) 2 , -CONH 2 , and -SO 2 (OH), is substituted or unsubstituted ; each R 4< , R 5< , and R 6< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 4< , R 5< , and R 6< except H is substituted or unsubstituted; R 2< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, -O-C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O-C 6 -C 12 aryloxy, -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , - NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , and -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which R 2< except hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , SF 5 , is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , SF 5 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenynyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, -(CH 2 ) q C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(CH 2 ) q C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(CH 2 ) q C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkenyl), -(CH 2 ) q C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(CH 2 ) q C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, -O(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)heteroaryl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)heteroaryl, -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkenyl, -O(CH 2 ) q (heterocyloalkenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)heterocycloalkenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)heterocycloalkenyl, -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, -O(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)heterocycloalkyl, and -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 3< except hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , and SF 5 is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is hydrogen, -CN, hydroxyl, halo, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, -(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)NR 5< R 6< , -(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -C≡C(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl) -(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)heterocycloalkyl, or -(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)heteroaryl, each of which R 10< except hydrogen, hydroxyl, and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; and each R 13< and R 14< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, wherein R 13< and R 14< are optionally connected to each other to form a ring.

[0027] In another aspect of formula (Ia), R 1< is independently chosen from halo, hydroxyl, -CONH 2 , C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, -CO 2 R 4< , -CH 2 OH, -CHCF 3 OH, -C(CF 3 ) 2 OH, -C(O)NHOH, -P(O)(OH) 2 , -B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -C(O)O-2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, -C(O)O-(5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2(3H)-one, isoxazol-3(2H)-one, and tetrazolyl, each of which R 1< except hydrogen, halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 2< is independently chosen from halo and -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , where one of R 2< is -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< ; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , SF 5 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenynyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, -(CH 2 ) q C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(CH 2 ) q C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -(CH 2 ) q C 3 -C 6 cycloalkenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkenyl), -(CH 2 ) q C 6 -C 12 phenyl, -O(CH 2 ) q C 6 -C 12 phenyl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, -O(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)heteroaryl, and -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)heteroaryl, where the heteroaryl group is a oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, and imidazolyl group; -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkenyl, -O(CH 2 ) q (heterocyloalkenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)heterocycloalkenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)heterocycloalkenyl, where the heterocycloalkenyl is dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and dihydropyridinyl, -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, -O(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)heterocycloalkyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycloalkyl is tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl, each of which R 3< except hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , and SF 5 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 4< , R 5< , and R 6< is the same or different and each is H or C 1 -C 8 alkyl, wherein C 1 -C 8 alkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is hydrogen, -OH, halo, -CH 2 OH, -CN, -CH 2 CN, -NH 2 , C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy, -(C 0 -C 3 alkyl)-cyclopropyl, -(C 0 -C 3 alkyl)-cyclobutyl, -C≡C-cyclopropyl, -C≡C-cyclobutyl phenyl, benzyl, or -CH 2 -tetrazolyl, each of which cyclopropyl, -(C 1 -C 3 alkyl)-cyclopropyl, -CH=CH 2 , -C≡C-cyclopropyl, phenyl, or benzyl is substituted or unsubstituted; and each R 13< and R 14< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, wherein R 13< and R 14< are optionally connected to each other to form a ring.

[0028] In yet another aspect of formula (Ia), R 1< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CO 2 H, -SO 2 NH 2 , C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl optionally substituted with halo, C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy, and -CO 2 (C 1 -C 6 alkyl), R 2< is chosen from F and -SO 2 NH 2 , where one of R 2< is -SO 2 NH 2 ; R 3< is independently chosen from (a) halogen, hydroxyl, SF 5 ; (b) C 1 -C 6 hydrocarbyl where any alkylene (CH 2 ) group in the hydrocarbyl chain is optionally replaced with NH, O, or S; (c) -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl (phenyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl (phenyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl (thiophenyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl (oxazolyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl( thiazolyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl (tetrahydrofuranyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkanyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkenyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl (tetrahydropyrenyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl (imidazolyl), -C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl(thiophenyl), where any alkylene (CH 2 ) group in the C 0 -C 2 hydrocarbyl chain is optionally replaced with NH, O, or S; where each of (b) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy; where each of (c) is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 cycloalkyl, mono- or di-C 1 -C 4 alkylamino, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy

[0029] In some aspects, the compound of formula (I) is a compound, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of formula (Ib), which is not according to the claimed invention: wherein R 1< is independently chosen from halo, -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -C(O)NHOH, -C(O)OCR 5< R 6< OC(O)OR 4< , -P(O)(OH) 2 , - B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -C(O)NHS(O) 2 Me and -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 1< except halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 2< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, - O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, or -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; or each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , R 7< , R 8< , and R 9< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is hydrogen, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 R 4< , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), - (C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), each of which R 10< except hydrogen, halo, -CN, and -NO 2 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 13< and R 14< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, wherein R 13< and R 14< are optionally connected to each other to form a ring; X 1< is a bond, -CR 8< R 9< -, -NR 5< -, -CR 8< NR 5< -, -NR 5< CR 8< -, -NR 5< C(O)-, -O-, -CO-, -SO 2 -, or -S-; X 2< is -NR 5< -, -O-, -SO-, or -SO 2 -, or -S-; X 3< is CH or N; m, n, and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5; and p is 1 or 2.

[0030] In some aspects, the compound of formula (I) is a compound, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of formula (Ic), which is not according to the claimed invention: wherein R 1< is independently chosen from halo, -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -C(O)NHOH, -P(O)(OH) 2 , -B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -C(O)NHS(O) 2 Me and -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 1< except halo is substituted or unsubstituted ; R 2< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, - O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , R 7< , R 8< , and R 9< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl; R 10< is hydrogen, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 R 4< , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), each of which R 10< except hydrogen, halo, -CN, and -NO 2 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 13< and R 14< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, wherein R 13< and R 14< are optionally connected to each other to form a ring; ring Cy is substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, X 1< is a bond, -CR 8< R 9< -, -NR 5< -, -CR 8< NR 5< -, -NR 5< CR 8< -, -NR 5< C(O)-, -O-, -CO-, -SO-, - SO 2 -, or -S-; X 2< is -NR 5< -, -O-, -SO 2 -, or -S-; m, n, and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5; and p is 1 or 2.

[0031] In some aspects, the compound of formula (I) is a compound, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of formula (Id), which is not according to the claimed invention: wherein R 1< is independently chosen from halo, -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -C(O)NHOH, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)( (mono- or bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)O-(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- or bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -P(O)(OH) 2 , -B(OR 13< )(OR 14< ), -SO 2 (OH), -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 1< except halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -SF 5 , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S) is substituted or unsubstituted; or two R 3< moieties and the phenyl group to which they are attached form a naphthyl group or its heterocyclic analog that is optionally substituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , and R 7< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, C 1 -C 12 heteroaryl, or C 1 -C 12 heterocycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, C 1 -C 12 heteroaryl, or C 1 -C 12 heterocycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is hydrogen, halo, -CN, -NO 2 , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -SO 2 R 4< , C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl, -O(C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbyl), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 6 -C 12 aryl, -O(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)(mono- and bicyclic heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S), each of which R 10< except hydrogen, halo, -CN, and -NO 2 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 13< and R 14< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, wherein R 13< and R 14< are optionally connected to each other to form a ring; X 2< is -NR 5< -, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, or -S-; m and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5; and p is 1 or 2.

[0032] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Id), R 10< is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, -CN, cyanoalkyl, -NR 5< R 6< , or heteroarylalkyl. In an aspect, R 10< is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -CH=CH 2 , cyclopropyl, -C≡C-cyclopropyl, - OH, -CH 2 OH, -CF 3 , -CF 2 CF 3 , -Cl, -F, -I, -CN, -CH 2 CN, -NH 2 , phenyl, benzyl, or -CH 2 -tetrazolyl.

[0033] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Id), R 1< is -CO 2 H or substituted or unsubstituted -CO 2 (C 1 -C 8 alkyl) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and optionally p is 1.

[0034] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Ic), R 2< is -SO 2 NR 5< R 6< ; and R 5< and R 6< are the same or different and each is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl.

[0035] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Ic), n is 1.

[0036] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Id), R 3< is hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.

[0037] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Id), m is 1 or 2.

[0038] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Ic), X 1< is -CR 8< R 9< - (e.g., -CH 2 -), -O-, or -NH-, in which R 8< and R 9< are the same or different and each is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.

[0039] In any of the foregoing aspects of formula (Ia)-(Id), X 2< is -S-.

[0040] In any of the foregoing aspects of the compound of formula (Ib), X 3< is -CH-.

[0041] However, the claimed invention provides a compound of formula (Ia-1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: wherein R a< is -R 4< , -OR 4< , or -NR 5< R 6< , each of which is substituted or unsubstituted; R b< and R c< are the same or different and each is H or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl; R 2< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, and -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 2< except hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is independently chosen from hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -(C 1 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, -(C 0 -C 4 alkoxy)C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 4 alkoxy)aryl, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)aryl, -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl)heteroaryl, -(C 0 -C 4 alkoxy)heteroaryl, -(C 0 -C 4 alkoxy)heterocycloalkyl, and -(C 0 -C 4 hydrocarbyl) heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 3< except hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; or two R 3< moieties and the phenyl group to which they are attached form a naphthyl group that is optionally substituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , and R 7< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 alkyl and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is aryl or aryl-C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each of which R 10< is substituted or unsubstituted; X 1< is a bond, -CR 8< R 9< -, -NR 5< -, -O-, -S(O)-, or -S(O) 2 -, or -S-, each of which R 8< and R 9< is substituted or unsubstituted; n is an integer from 0 to 4; and m and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5, wherein "substituted" means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with one selected from a halogen, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a (cycloalkyl)alkyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl having one or more unsaturated linkages and 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having one or more oxygen linkages and 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group, and an alkylthio group having one or more thioether linkages and 1 to 8 carbon atoms.

[0042] In an embodiment, compound of formula (Ia-1) comprise R a< is hydroxyl or -O(C 1 -C 8 alkyl); R b< and R c< are H; R 2< is hydrogen; R 3< is halo, aryl, or haloaryl (e.g., halo or phenyl); or two R 3< moieties and the phenyl group to which they are attached form a naphthyl group that is optionally substituted; R 10< is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, cyclopropyl, -CH 2 -cyclopropyl, -CH 2 CH 2 cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, -CH 2 -cyclobutyl, - CH=CH 2 , -C=C-cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, -I, -CF 3 , -NH 2 , or -CN; and X 1< is -CH 2 - or -NH-; and m is 0, 1, or 2.

[0043] In an embodiment of the claimed invention, the compound of formula (Ia-1) is a compound of formula (Ia-2): Wherein Y= -CH=CH-, O, S, NH; R a< is -R 4< , -OR 4< , or -NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 4,< R 5< , and R 6< is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 2< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 )qNR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q aryl, - (CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, or -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 2< except hydrogen, hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; Each R 11< and R 12< are independently selected from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenylC 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , - C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , and -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which R 11< and R 12< other than hydroxyl, halo, -CN, NO 2 , is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , and R 7< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 alkyl and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is aryl or aryl-C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each of which R 10< is substituted or unsubstituted; m and q are the same or different and each is 0 or 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and m' is 0 or an integer from 1-4.

[0044] In an embodiment of the claimed invention, the compound of formula (Ia-1) is a compound of formula (Ia-3): wherein R a< is -R 4< , -OR 4< , or -NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 4,< R 5< , and R 6< is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 2< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 )qNR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, or -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 2< except hydrogen, hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q N 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, or -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 3< except hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , and R 7< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 alkyl and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; q is 0 or an integer from 1-5; m' is 0 or an integer from 1-4; R 10< is aryl or aryl-C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each of which R 10< is substituted or unsubstituted; and R d< is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, -CN, -CO 2 R 4< , -NR 5< R 6< , or -SO 2 R 4< ; each of which R d< other than halo and -CN is optionally substituted.

[0045] In certain embodiments R d< is phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or imidazolyl, each of which is substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments R d< is phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or imidazolyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independently chosen from hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C 1 -C 2 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 alkoxy, mono- or di-C 1 -C 2 alkylamino, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy. In certain embodiments R d< is thienyl substituted with methyl.

[0046] In an embodiment of the compound of formula (Ia-2): R a< is hydroxyl or substituted or unsubstituted -O(C 1 -C 8 alkyl); R 2< is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, or halo; R 11< and R 12< are each independently chosen from substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl (e.g., C 1-4 alkyl, such methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl), substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, or halo (e.g., -F, -I, -Cl, or -Br); R 10< is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or substituted or unsubstituted benzyl.

[0047] The claimed invention also includes a compound of formula (Ia-4):

[0048] Within formula (Ia-4): R a< is -R 4< , -OR 4< , or -NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 4,< R 5< , and R 6< is substituted or unsubstituted; Each R 2< is the same or different and is hydrogen, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , - C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, or -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 2< except hydrogen, hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is selected from C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, -(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -(C 0 -C 2 alkoxy)C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, dihydropyranyl, -(C 0 -C 4 alkoxy)phenyl, -(C 0 -C 4 alkyl)phenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)phenyl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)phenyl,-(C 0 -C 4 alkoxy)heteroaryl, -(C 0 -C 4 alkyl)heteroaryl, -(C 2 -C 4 alkenyl)heteroaryl, and -(C 2 -C 4 alkynyl)heteroaryl, where heteroaryl is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl having 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and where each R 3< is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkynyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, (C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy; each R 11< is independently selected from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, NO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenylC 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , and -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , each of which R 11< and R 12< other than hydroxyl, halo, -CN, NO 2 , is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , and R 7< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 alkyl and C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is aryl or aryl-C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each of which R 10< is substituted or unsubstituted; m is 0 or 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and m' is 0 or an integer from 1-4.

[0049] In a preferred embodiment, R a< is hydroxyl; and Each R 2< is independently chosen from hydrogen and halogen.

[0050] In any of embodiments of formula (Ia-1 to Ia-4) the group can be a group in which R a< is hydroxyl, NHCN, or NHSO 2 H, -NHSO 2 alkyl, CH 2 SO 2 phenyl, -NHOH or -NHOalkyl, or can be a group in which -C(O)R a< is replaced by -CH 2 OH, -P(O)(OH) 2 , -P(O)(OH)alkyl, or -SO 2 OH.

[0051] In some aspects (not according to the claimed invention), the compound of formula (Ib) is a compound, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of formula (Ib-1): wherein R a< is -R 4< , -OR 4< , or -NR 5< R 6< , each of which R 4< , R 5< , and R 6< is substituted or unsubstituted; R b< and R c< are the same or different and each is H or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl; each R 2< is the same of different and each is hydrogen, hydroxyl, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C 1 -C 8 haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO 2 , -C(O)R 4< , -CO 2 R 4< , -C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< (SO 2 )R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< C(O)R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 7< C(O)NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 NR 5< R 6< , -(CH 2 ) q SO 2 R 4< , -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, or -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 2< except hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, -CN, and -NO 2 is substituted or unsubstituted; R 3< is halo, -C(O)R 4 , C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, haloaryl, -(CH 2 ) q aryl, -(CH 2 ) q heteroaryl, or -(CH 2 ) q heterocycloalkyl, each of which R 3< is substituted or unsubstituted; each R 4< , R 5< , R 6< , R 7< , R 8< , and R 9< is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl, each of which C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R 10< is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 1 -C 8 haloalkyl, halo, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, -CN, -CO 2 R 4< , -NR 5< R 6< , or -SO 2 R 4< , each of which R 10< except hydrogen, hydroxyl, halo, and -CN is substituted or unsubstituted; X 1< is a bond, -CR 8< R 9< -, -NR 5< -, -O-, -SO-, or -SO 2 -, or -S-, each of which R 5< , R 8< , and R 9< is substituted or unsubstituted; X 3< is CH or N; and m and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5.

[0052] Optionally, the compound of formula (Ib-1) comprises R a< is hydroxyl or substituted or unsubstituted -O(C 1 -C 8 alkyl); R b< and R c< are each hydrogen; R 2< is hydrogen; R 3< is halo, substituted or unsubstituted -C(O)morpholinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 2-fluorophenyl; R 10< is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted -CH=CH 2 , substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl, substituted or unsubstituted -C≡C-cyclopropyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclobutyl, substituted or unsubstituted -C≡C-cyclobutyl, -OH, -CH 2 OH, -CF 3 , -CF 2 CF 3 , -Cl, -F, -I, -CN, -CH 2 CN, -NH 2 , substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, or substituted or unsubstituted - CH 2 -tetrazolyl; X 1< is -CH 2 - or -NH-; and m is 0, 1, or 2.

[0053] Compounds of formula (I), including compounds of formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), and (Id), are set forth below in Table 6 as representative examples (of the claimed invention or otherwise). Prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the exemplified compounds are also described.TERMINOLOGY

[0054] The use of the terms "a" and "an" and "the" and "at least one" and similar referents in the context of describing the invention (especially in the context of the following claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context. The use of the term "at least one" followed by a list of one or more items (for example, "at least one of A and B") is to be construed to mean one item selected from the listed items (A or B) or any combination of two or more of the listed items (A and B), unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context. The terms "comprising," "having," "including," and "containing" are to be construed as open-ended terms (i.e., meaning "including, but not limited to,") unless otherwise noted. Recitation of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or language denoting examples (e.g., "such as") provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention.

[0055] The term "substituted", as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valence is not exceeded. When the substituent is oxo (i.e., =O) then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. When an oxo group substitutes a heteroaromatic moiety, the resulting molecule can sometimes adopt tautomeric forms. For example a pyridyl group substituted by oxo at the 2- or 4-position can sometimes be written as a pyridine or hydroxypyridine. Combinations of substituents and / or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds or useful synthetic intermediates. A stable compound or stable structure is meant to imply a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation from a reaction mixture and subsequent formulation into an effective therapeutic agent. Unless otherwise specified, substituents are named into the core structure. For example, it is to be understood that aminoalkyl means the point of attachment of this substituent to the core structure is in the alkyl portion and alkylamino means the point of attachment is a bond to the nitrogen of the amino group.

[0056] Suitable groups that may be present on a "substituted" or "optionally substituted" position include, but are not limited to, halogen; cyano; -OH; nitro; alkyl groups (including cycloalkyl and (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups) having 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkenyl and alkynyl groups including groups having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to about 8, or 2 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups having one or more oxygen linkages and from 1 to about 8, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryloxy such as phenoxy; alkylthio groups including those having one or more thioether linkages and from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. For example, suitable groups that may be present on a "substituted" or "optionally substituted" position include hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, alkyl groups, and alkoxy groups.

[0057] In any of the embodiments above, the term "alkyl" implies a straight-chain or branched alkyl substituent containing from, for example, from about 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, e.g., from about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, and the like. This definition also applies wherever "alkyl" occurs as part of a group, such as, e.g., in C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl (e.g., monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, and trihaloalkyl), cyanoalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylalkyl, etc. The alkyl can be substituted or unsubstituted, as described herein. Even in instances in which the alkyl is an alkylene chain (e.g., -(CH 2 ) n -), the alkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. An example of a substituted alkylene chain includes -CF 2 -cyclopropyl.

[0058] In any of the embodiments above, the term "alkenyl," as used herein, means a linear alkenyl substituent containing from, for example, about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms (branched alkenyls are about 3 to about 8 carbons atoms), e.g., from about 3 to about 6 carbon atoms (branched alkenyls are about 3 to about 6 carbons atoms). In accordance with an embodiment, the alkenyl group is a C 2 -C 4 alkenyl. Examples of alkenyl group include ethenyl, allyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, and the like. The alkenyl can be substituted or unsubstituted, as described herein.

[0059] In any of the embodiments above, the term "alkynyl," as used herein, means a linear alkynyl substituent containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and from, for example, about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms (branched alkynyls are about 4 to about 12 carbons atoms), e.g., from about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms (branched alkynyls can be from about 4 to about 8 carbon atoms), e.g., from about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms. Examples of such substituents include propynyl, propargyl, n-butynyl, pentynyl, isopentynyl, hexynyl, octynyl, and the like. The alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted, as described herein.

[0060] In any of the embodiments above, the term "cycloalkyl," as used herein, means a cyclic alkyl moiety containing from, for example, 3 to 6 carbon atoms or from 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such moieties include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. The cycloalkyl can be substituted or unsubstituted, as described herein. For example, a substituted cycloalkyl includes a halo- or haloalkyl-substituted cyclopropyl, such as 2-fluorocyclopropyl, 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, and 2-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl.

[0061] In any of the embodiments above, the term "hydrocarbyl" means an aliphatic group having the specified number of carbon atoms and the appropriate valence in view of the number of substitutions shown in the structure. Hydrocarbyl groups contain at least carbon and hydrogen, and can contain single, double, and triple carbon-carbon bonds. In certain embodiments hydrocarbyl groups optionally contain 1 or more (e.g., 1-8) heteroatoms selected from N, O, S, Si, P, or a combination thereof. Hydrocarbyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituent groups up to the valence allowed by the hydrocarbyl group. For example the hydrocarbyl group may be substituted with hydroxyl, cyano, amino, halogen, oxo, cycloalkyl, 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl selected with 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, and phenyl.

[0062] In any of the embodiments above, the term "hydroxy" refers to the group -OH.

[0063] In any of the embodiments above, the terms "alkoxy" and "cycloalkyloxy" embrace linear or branched alkyl and cycloalkyl groups, respectively, that are attached to a divalent oxygen. The alkyl and cycloalkyl groups are the same as described herein. The term "aryloxy" refers to substituents that have an aryl group attached to divalent oxygen. The aryl group is the same as described herein.

[0064] In any of the embodiments above, the term "halo" refers to a halogen selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.

[0065] In any of the embodiments above, the term "aryl" refers to a mono, bi, or tricyclic carbocyclic ring system having one, two, or three aromatic rings, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, or biphenyl. The term "aryl" refers to an unsubstituted or substituted aromatic carbocyclic moiety, as commonly understood in the art, and includes monocyclic and polycyclic aromatics such as, for example, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, pyrenyl, and the like. An aryl moiety generally contains from, for example, 6 to 30 carbon atoms, from 6 to 18 carbon atoms, from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or from 6 to 10 carbon atoms. It is understood that the term aryl includes carbocyclic moieties that are planar and comprise 4n+2 π electrons, according to Hückel's Rule, wherein n = 1, 2, or 3. This definition also applies wherever "aryl" occurs as part of a group, such as, e.g., in haloaryl (e.g., monohaloaryl, dihaloaryl, and trihaloaryl), arylalkyl, etc. The aryl can be substituted or unsubstituted, as described herein.

[0066] In any of the embodiments above, the term "heteroaryl" refers to aromatic 5 or 6 membered monocyclic groups, 9 or 10 membered bicyclic groups, and 11 to 14 membered tricyclic groups which have at least one heteroatom (O, S, or N) in at least one of the rings. Each ring of the heteroaryl group containing a heteroatom can contain one or two oxygen or sulfur atoms and / or from one to four nitrogen atoms provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring has at least one carbon atom. The fused rings completing the bicyclic and tricyclic groups may contain only carbon atoms and may be saturated, partially saturated, or unsaturated. The nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen atoms may optionally be quaternized. Heteroaryl groups which are bicyclic or tricyclic must include at least one fully aromatic ring but the other fused ring or rings may be aromatic or non-aromatic. The heteroaryl group may be attached at any available nitrogen or carbon atom of any ring. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups are pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, benzimidazolyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, (1,2,3)- and (1,2,4)-triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, and oxadiazolyl. The heteroaryl can be substituted or unsubstituted, as described herein.

[0067] The term "Het" means a "heterocycloalkyl," which is a stable, monocyclic or bicyclic system containing at least two double bonds, 3 to 7 ring members of carbon atoms and one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, sulfur, and / or oxygen. In an aspect, "Het" is a 5, 6, or 7-membered monocyclic ring and contains one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some instances, "Het" is a heteroaryl, as described herein.

[0068] The term "heterocycloalkyl" means a stable, saturated, or partially unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic, and spiro ring system containing 3 to 7 ring members of carbon atoms and other atoms selected from nitrogen, sulfur, and / or oxygen. In an aspect, a heterocycloalkyl is a 5, 6, or 7-membered monocyclic ring and contains one, two, or three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The heterocycloalkyl may be attached to the parent structure through a carbon atom or through any heteroatom of the heterocycloalkyl that results in a stable structure. Examples of such heterocycloalkyl rings are isoxazolyl, thiazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyranyl, piperidyl, oxazolyl, and morpholinyl. The heterocycloalkyl can be substituted or unsubstituted, as described herein.

[0069] In any of the embodiments above, the alkyl, alkoxy, and alkylamino groups can be linear or branched.

[0070] Where indicated, any substituent of Formula I that is not hydrogen (e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkylalkyl) can be an optionally substituted moiety. The substituted moiety typically comprises at least one substituent (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, etc.) in any suitable position (e.g., 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-position, etc.). When an aryl group is substituted with a substituent, e.g., halo, amino, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, and others, the aromatic ring hydrogen is replaced with the substituent and this can take place in any of the available hydrogens, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, and / or 6-position wherein the 1-position is the point of attachment of the aryl group in the compound of the present invention. Suitable substituents include, e.g., halo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, carboxyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxyalkyloxy, amido, alkylamido, haloalkylamido, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, each of which is described herein. In some instances, the substituent is at least one alkyl, halo, and / or haloalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2).

[0071] In any of the embodiments above, whenever a range of the number of atoms in a structure is indicated (e.g., a C 1-12 , C 1-8 , C 1-6 , or C 1-4 alkyl, cycloalkyl, etc.), it is specifically contemplated that any sub-range or individual number of carbon atoms falling within the indicated range also can be used. Thus, for instance, the recitation of a range of 1-8 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 8 ), 1-6 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 6 ), 1-4 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 4 ), 1-3 carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 3 ), or 2-8 carbon atoms (e.g., C 2 -C 8 ) as used with respect to any chemical group (e.g., alkyl, cycloalkyl, etc.) referenced herein encompasses and specifically describes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and / or 8 carbon atoms, as appropriate, as well as any sub-range thereof (e.g., 1-2 carbon atoms, 1-3 carbon atoms, 1-4 carbon atoms, 1-5 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, 1-7 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, 2-3 carbon atoms, 2-4 carbon atoms, 2-5 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, 2-7 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 3-4 carbon atoms, 3-5 carbon atoms, 3-6 carbon atoms, 3-7 carbon atoms, 3-8 carbon atoms, 4-5 carbon atoms, 4-6 carbon atoms, 4-7 carbon atoms, 4-8 carbon atoms, etc., as appropriate).

[0072] The subscripts "m" and "n" represent the number of substituents, e.g., R 2< or R 3< , in which each substituent, e.g., R 2< or R 3< , can be the same or different. The subscripts m and n can be the same or different and each is either 0 or an integer from 1-5 (i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). When m or n is 0, then the corresponding substituent, i.e., R 2< or R 3< , is not present in the compound of formula (I). The subscripts "o" and "q" represent the number of methylene repeat units. The subscripts o and q are either 0 or an integer from 1-5 (i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). When o or q is 0, then the respective moiety does not contain any methylene repeat units.

[0073] A compound can be provided as a prodrug, which is a drug derivative or drug precursor compound that typically is inactive or less than fully active until it is converted in the body through a normal metabolic process such as, for example, hydrolysis of an ester or amide form of the drug, to the active drug. A prodrug may be selected and used instead of the parent drug because, for example, in its prodrug form it is less toxic, and / or may have better absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME) characteristics, and the like, than the parent drug. A prodrug might also be used to improve how selectively the drug interacts with cells or processes that are not its intended target. This approach may be employed particularly, for example, to prevent or decrease adverse effects, especially in cancer treatments, which may be especially prone to having severe unintended and undesirable side effects.

[0074] The term "prodrug" denotes a derivative of a compound, which derivative, when administered to warm-blooded animals, e.g., humans, is converted into the compound (drug). For example, the enzymatic and / or chemical hydrolytic cleavage of a derivative compound of the present invention occurs in such a manner that the proven drug form is released, and the moiety or moieties split off remain nontoxic or are metabolized so that nontoxic metabolites are produced. For example, a carboxylic acid group can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or ethyl group to yield an ester. When an ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or non-enzymatically, reductively, oxidatively, or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e.g., acyloxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound which subsequently decomposes to yield the active compound.

[0075] The prodrug can be prepared in situ during the isolation and purification of the compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or by separately reacting the purified compound with a suitable derivatizing agent. For example, hydroxy groups can be converted into esters via treatment with a carboxylic acid in the presence of a catalyst. Examples of cleavable alcohol prodrug moieties include substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched alkyl ester moieties, e.g., ethyl esters, alkenyl esters, di-alkylamino alkyl esters, e.g., dimethylaminoethyl ester, acylamino alkyl esters, acyloxy alkyl esters (e.g., pivaloyloxymethyl ester), aryl esters, e.g., phenyl ester, aryl-alkyl esters, e.g., benzyl ester, optionally substituted, e.g., with methyl, halo, or methoxy substituents aryl and aryl-alkyl esters, amides, alkyl amides, di-alkyl amides, and hydroxy amides.

[0076] The effectiveness of a particular prodrug can be determined using one or more analytical methods (e.g. pharmacokinetics, bioassays, in vivo efficacy studies, and the like) that are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art.

[0077] A prodrug of a compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), may be prepared using routine chemical procedures. For example, a hydroxyl substituent on a compound of formula (I) can be substituted with -CO-alkyl, -CO 2 alkyl, -CONH-alkyl, -CO-alkenyl, -CO 2 -alkenyl, -CONH-alkenyl, -CO-aryl, - CO 2 -aryl, -CONH-aryl, -CO-heterocycle, -CO 2 -heterocycle, -CONH-heterocycle, or -PO 3 H 2 . Specific modifying groups of hydroxyl include, for example, acetyl, propionyl, isobutyryl, pivaloyl, palmitoyl, benzoyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, dimethylcarbamoyl, dimethylaminomethylcarbonyl, sulfo, alanyl, and fumaryl group.

[0078] An amino group can be substituted with -CO-alkyl, -CO 2 -alkyl, -CO-alkenyl, -CO 2 -alkenyl, -CO 2 -aryl, -CO-aryl, -CO-heterocycle, -CO 2 -heterocycle, or -PO 3 H 2 . The alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, and heterocycle moieties are optionally substituted by halogen, alkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, carboxy, amino, an amino acid residue, -PO 3 H 2 , -SO 3 H, -OPO 3 H 2 , and -OSO 3 H. Specific modifying groups of amino include, for example, tert-butyl, docosanoyl, pivaloylmethyloxy, alanyl, hexylcarbamoyl, pentylcarbamoyl, 3-methylthio-1-(acetylamino)propylcarbonyl, 1-sulfo-1-(3-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and pyrrolidylmethyl.

[0079] Suitable modifying groups of carboxyl include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, carboxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 1-(acetyloxy)ethyl, 1-(ethoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl, 1-(isopropyloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl, 1-(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)ethyl, carboxylmethyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl, benzyl, phenyl, o-tolyl, morpholinoethyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoylmethyl, and phthalidyl.

[0080] In any of the embodiments above, the phrase "salt" or "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is intended to include nontoxic salts synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two. For example, an inorganic acid (e.g., hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, or hydrobromic acid), an organic acid (e.g., oxalic acid, malonic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, malic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, gluconic acid, ascorbic acid, methylsulfonic acid, or benzylsulfonic acid), an inorganic base (e.g., sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, or ammonium hydroxide), an organic base(e.g., methylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, guanidine, choline, or cinchonine), or an amino acid (e.g., lysine, arginine, or alanine) can be used. Generally, non-aqueous media such as ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are typical. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1990, p. 1445, and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2-19 (1977). For example, they can be a salt of an alkali metal (e.g., sodium or potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., calcium), or ammonium of salt.

[0081] The methods described (but not as such claimed) herein comprise administering a compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. In particular, a pharmaceutical composition will comprise at least one compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutically acceptable excipients described herein, for example, vehicles, adjuvants, carriers or diluents, are well-known to those who are skilled in the art and are readily available to the public. Typically, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is one that is chemically inert to the active compounds and one that has no detrimental side effects or toxicity under the conditions of use.

[0082] The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered as oral, sublingual, transdermal, subcutaneous, topical, absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings, intravenous, intranasal, intraarterial, intramuscular, intratumoral, peritumoral, interperitoneal, intrathecal, rectal, vaginal, or aerosol formulations. The pharmaceutical composition can be administered orally or intravenously.

[0083] The compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered orally to a subject in need thereof. Formulations suitable for oral administration can consist of (a) liquid solutions, such as an effective amount of the compound dissolved in diluents, such as water, saline, or orange juice and include an additive, such as cyclodextrin (e.g., α-, β-, or γ-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin) or polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG400); (b) capsules, sachets, tablets, lozenges, and troches, each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, as solids or granules; (c) powders; (d) suspensions in an appropriate liquid; and (e) suitable emulsions and gels. Liquid formulations may include diluents, such as water and alcohols, for example, ethanol, benzyl alcohol, and the polyethylene alcohols, either with or without the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant, suspending agent, or emulsifying agent. Capsule forms can be of the ordinary hard- or soft-shelled gelatin type containing, for example, surfactants, lubricants, and inert fillers, such as lactose, sucrose, calcium phosphate, and cornstarch. Tablet forms can include one or more of lactose, sucrose, mannitol, corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, microcrystalline cellulose, acacia, gelatin, guar gum, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, talc, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, diluents, buffering agents, disintegrating agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, and pharmacologically compatible carriers. Lozenge forms can comprise the active ingredient in a flavor, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, as well as pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia, emulsions, gels, and the like containing, in addition to the active ingredient, such carriers as are known in the art.

[0084] Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions, which can contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives. The compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof can be administered in a physiologically acceptable diluent in a pharmaceutical carrier, such as a sterile liquid or mixture of liquids, including water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solutions, an alcohol, such as ethanol, isopropanol, or hexadecyl alcohol, glycols, such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, glycerol ketals, such as 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-methanol, ethers, such as poly(ethyleneglycol) 400, an oil, a fatty acid, a fatty acid ester or glyceride, or an acetylated fatty acid glyceride with or without the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant, such as a soap or a detergent, suspending agent, such as pectin, carbomers, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, or carboxymethylcellulose, or emulsifying agents and other pharmaceutical adjuvants.

[0085] Oils, which can be used in parenteral formulations include petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic oils. Specific examples of oils include peanut, soybean, sesame, cottonseed, corn, olive, petrolatum, and mineral. Suitable fatty acids for use in parenteral formulations include oleic acid, stearic acid, and isostearic acid. Ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate are examples of suitable fatty acid esters. Suitable soaps for use in parenteral formulations include fatty alkali metal, ammonium, and triethanolamine salts, and suitable detergents include (a) cationic detergents such as, for example, dimethyl dialkyl ammonium halides, and alkyl pyridinium halides, (b) anionic detergents such as, for example, alkyl, aryl, and olefin sulfonates, alkyl, olefin, ether, and monoglyceride sulfates, and sulfosuccinates, (c) nonionic detergents such as, for example, fatty amine oxides, fatty acid alkanolamides, and polyoxyethylene-polypropylene copolymers, (d) amphoteric detergents such as, for example, alkyl-beta-aminopropionates, and 2-alkyl-imidazoline quaternary ammonium salts, and (3) mixtures thereof.

[0086] The parenteral formulations will typically contain from about 0.5 to about 25% by weight of the inhibitors in solution. Suitable preservatives and buffers can be used in such formulations. In order to minimize or eliminate irritation at the site of injection, such compositions may contain one or more nonionic surfactants having a hydrophile-lipophile balance (HLB) of from about 12 to about 17. The quantity of surfactant in such formulations ranges from about 5 to about 15% by weight. Suitable surfactants include polyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, such as sorbitan monooleate and the high molecular weight adducts of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base, formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol. The parenteral formulations can be presented in unit-dose or multidose sealed containers, such as ampoules and vials, and can be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, water, for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions can be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets of the kind previously described.

[0087] The inhibitors may be made into injectable formulations. The requirements for effective pharmaceutical carriers for injectable compositions are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. See Pharmaceutics and Pharmacy Practice, J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, Pa., Banker and Chalmers, eds., pages 238-250 (1982), and ASHP Handbook on Injectable Drugs, Toissel, 4th ed., pages 622-630 (1986).

[0088] Topically applied compositions are generally in the form of liquids (e.g., mouthwash), creams, pastes, lotions and gels. Topical administration includes application to the oral mucosa, which includes the oral cavity, oral epithelium, palate, gingival, and the nasal mucosa. In some embodiments, the composition contains at least one active component and a suitable vehicle or carrier. It may also contain other components, such as an anti-irritant. The carrier can be a liquid, solid or semi-solid. In embodiments, the composition is an aqueous solution, such as a mouthwash. Alternatively, the composition can be a dispersion, emulsion, gel, lotion or cream vehicle for the various components. In one embodiment, the primary vehicle is water or a biocompatible solvent that is substantially neutral or that has been rendered substantially neutral. The liquid vehicle can include other materials, such as buffers, alcohols, glycerin, and mineral oils with various emulsifiers or dispersing agents as known in the art to obtain the desired pH, consistency and viscosity. It is possible that the compositions can be produced as solids, such as powders or granules. The solids can be applied directly or dissolved in water or a biocompatible solvent prior to use to form a solution that is substantially neutral or that has been rendered substantially neutral and that can then be applied to the target site. In embodiments of the invention, the vehicle for topical application to the skin can include water, buffered solutions, various alcohols, glycols such as glycerin, lipid materials such as fatty acids, mineral oils, phosphoglycerides, collagen, gelatin and silicone based materials.

[0089] The compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be made into aerosol formulations to be administered via inhalation. These aerosol formulations can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and the like. They also may be formulated as pharmaceuticals for non-pressured preparations, such as in a nebulizer or an atomizer.

[0090] The dose administered to the mammal, particularly human and other mammals, in accordance with the present invention should be sufficient to affect the desired response. One skilled in the art will recognize that dosage will depend upon a variety of factors, including the age, condition or disease state, predisposition to disease, genetic defect or defects, and body weight of the mammal. The size of the dose will also be determined by the route, timing and frequency of administration as well as the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects that might accompany the administration of a particular inhibitor and the desired effect. It will be appreciated by one of skill in the art that various conditions or disease states may require prolonged treatment involving multiple administrations.

[0091] The described methods (not as such according to the claimed invention) comprise administering an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. An "effective amount" means an amount sufficient to show a meaningful benefit in an individual, e.g., promoting at least one aspect of tumor cell cytotoxicity (e.g., inhibition of growth, inhibiting survival of a cancer cell, reducing proliferation, reducing size and / or mass of a tumor (e.g., solid tumor)), or treatment, healing, prevention, delay of onset, halting, or amelioration of other relevant medical condition(s) associated with a particular cancer. The meaningful benefit observed in the patient can be to any suitable degree (10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90% or more). Optionally, one or more symptoms of the cancer are prevented, reduced, halted, or eliminated subsequent to administration of a compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, thereby effectively treating the cancer to at least some degree.

[0092] Effective amounts may vary depending upon the biological effect desired in the individual, condition to be treated, and / or the specific characteristics of the compound of formula (I) ), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the individual. In this respect, any suitable dose of the compound of formula (I) or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be administered to the patient (e.g., human), according to the type of cancer to be treated. Various general considerations taken into account in determining the "effective amount" are known to those of skill in the art and are described, e.g., in Gilman et al., eds., Goodman And Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics, 8th ed., Pergamon Press, 1990; and Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1990. The dose of the compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof desirably comprises about 0.1 mg per kilogram (kg) of the body weight of the mammal (mg / kg) to about 400 mg / kg (e.g., about 0.75 mg / kg, about 5 mg / kg, about 30 mg / kg, about 75 mg / kg, about 100 mg / kg, about 200 mg / kg, or about 300 mg / kg). In another embodiment, the dose of the compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), comprises about 0.5 mg / kg to about 300 mg / kg (e.g., about 0.75 mg / kg, about 5 mg / kg, about 50 mg / kg, about 100 mg / kg, or about 200 mg / kg), about 10 mg / kg to about 200 mg / kg (e.g., about 25 mg / kg, about 75 mg / kg, or about 150 mg / kg), or about 50 mg / kg to about 100 mg / kg (e.g., about 60 mg / kg, about 70 mg / kg, or about 90 mg / kg).

[0093] In an aspect, a compound formula (I) inhibits LDHA and / or LDHB. Optionally, a compound of formula (I) is selective for LDHA and / or LDHB relative to other dehydrogenases (e.g., GAPDH and PHGDH). For example, the compound can be at least 2 times (e.g., at least 5 times, at least 10 times, at least 20 times, at least 50 times, or at least 100 times) more selective for LDHA and / or LDHB compared to one or more other dehydrogenases.

[0094] While elevated levels of LDHA are a marker for many types of cancer, the majority of which are glycolytic and / or hypoxic, LDHB can be overexpressed in some cancers (e.g., lung adenocarcinoma, prostate cancer). See, e.g., McCleland et al., Clin Cancer Res, 2013; 19(4): 773-784 and Leiblich et al., Oncogene, 2006; 25(20): 2953-2960. Thus, optionally, it is envisioned to provide a compound that can selectively inhibit LDHB or inhibit both LDHA and LDHA. Optionally, a compound of formula (I) can effectively inhibit LDHB. Therein, the compound may or may not have selectivity for LDHA, such that the inhibition is more selective for LDHA compared to LDHB or the inhibition of LDHA is about equal to the inhibition of LDHB or the inhibition is more selective for LDHB relative to LDHA.

[0095] Inhibition of LDHA and / or LDHB has been described in the art as a viable treatment of cancer. See, e.g., Billiard et al. (Cancer and Metabolism, 2013, 1(19): 1-17). Thus, certain compounds of formula (I), which includes compounds of formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), and (Id), or a prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be administered to a patient in need thereof to treat cancer. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that inhibition of LDH stimulates mitrochondrial respiration and reduces cellular proliferative and tumorigenic potential. Anti-cancer activity can be measured by any suitable method, including the assays described herein. In general, activity will be measured as a function of lactate output, % ECAR (extracellular acidification rate), which quantifies glycolysis, and / or % OCR (oxygen consumption rate), which is a measure of mitochondrial respiration.

[0096] The type of cancer is not particularly limited, but optionally, the cancer is characterized as hypoxic and / or highly glycolytic relative to normal tissue of the same type. "Hypoxic" cells as used herein relates to one or more cells that are exposed, transiently or permanently, to an oxygen partial pressure (pO2) that is lower than the typical pO2 in cells in tissue that is considered as normal or healthy. Hypoxic cells can include, for example, cells with reduced or no access to vasculature, such as in a solid tumor.

[0097] Examples of cancer treatable with the described method include cancers of the head and neck, eye, skin, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, colon, sigmoid, rectum, stomach, prostate, breast, ovaries, kidney, liver, pancreas, brain, intestine, heart, or adrenals. More particularly, cancers include solid tumor, sarcoma, carcinomas, fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendothelio sarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, testicular tumor, lung carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, menangioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma, a blood-borne tumor, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic B-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T-cell leukemia, acute myeloblastic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, acute monoblastic leukemia, acute erythroleukemic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia, acutenonlymphocyctic leukemia, acute undifferentiated leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia, or multiple myeloma. See, e.g., Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, Eugene Braunwald et al., eds., pp. 491 762 (15th ed. 2001). Optionally, the cancer is a solid tumor. Optionally, the cancer is selected from leukemia, melanoma, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, brain cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, and renal cancer. Optionally, the cancer is liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, or renal cancer.

[0098] Described (but not as such according to the claimed invention) is a method of treating a patient with cancer cells resistant to an anti-cancer agent, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of the compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the anti-cancer agent, whereby the compound, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof re-sensitizes the cancer cells to the anti-cancer agent. The cancer cell is the same as described herein. Optionally, the cancer cells are selected from leukemia, melanoma, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, brain cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, and renal cancer. Optionally, the cancer cells are liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, or renal cancer.

[0099] Optionally, the compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be co-administered with an anti-cancer agent (e.g., a chemotherapeutic agent) and / or radiation therapy. Optionally, the method comprises administering an amount of a compound, prodrug, or salt that is effective to sensitize the cancer cells to one or more therapeutic regimens (e.g., chemotherapy or radiation therapy). The terms "co-administered" or "coadministration" refer to simultaneous or sequential administration. A compound may be administered before, concurrently with, or after administration of another compound.

[0100] One or more than one, e.g., two, three, or more anti-cancer agents can be administered. In this regard, described is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a combination of the compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and at least one anti-cancer agent (e.g., chemotherapeutic agent).

[0101] Examples of anti-cancer agents include platinum compounds (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin), alkylating agents (e.g., cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, chlorambucil, nitrogen mustard, thiotepa, melphalan, busulfan, procarbazine, streptozocin, temozolomide, dacarbazine, bendamustine), antitumor antibiotics (e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, mitoxantrone, bleomycin, mytomycin C, plicamycin, dactinomycin), taxanes (e.g., paclitaxel and docetaxel), antimetabolites (e.g., 5-fluorouracil, cytarabine, premetrexed, thioguanine, floxuridine, capecitabine, and methotrexate), nucleoside analogues (e.g., fludarabine, clofarabine, cladribine, pentostatin, nelarabine), topoisomerase inhibitors (e.g., topotecan and irinotecan), hypomethylating agents (e.g., azacitidine and decitabine), proteosome inhibitors (e.g., bortezomib), epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., etoposide and teniposide), DNA synthesis inhibitors (e.g., hydroxyurea), vinca alkaloids (e.g., vicristine, vindesine, vinorelbine, and vinblastine), tyrosine kinase inhibitors (e.g., imatinib, dasatinib, nilotinib, sorafenib, sunitinib), monoclonal antibodies (e.g., rituximab, cetuximab, panetumumab, tositumomab, trastuzumab, alemtuzumab, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, bevacizumab), nitrosoureas (e.g., carmustine, fotemustine, and lomustine), enzymes (e.g., L- Asparaginase), biological agents (e.g., interferons and interleukins), hexamethylmelamine, mitotane, angiogenesis inhibitors (e.g., thalidomide, lenalidomide), steroids (e.g., prednisone, dexamethasone, and prednisolone), hormonal agents (e.g., tamoxifen, raloxifene, leuprolide, bicaluatmide, granisetron, flutamide), aromatase inhibitors (e.g., letrozole and anastrozole), arsenic trioxide, tretinoin, nonselective cyclooxygenase inhibitors (e.g., nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents, salicylates, aspirin, piroxicam, ibuprofen, indomethacin, naprosyn, diclofenac, tolmetin, ketoprofen, nabumetone, oxaprozin), selective cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) inhibitors, or any combination thereof.

[0102] For purposes of the present disclosure, the term "patient" typically is directed to a mammal. For example, the subject can be any patient with a disease that requires chemotherapy and / or radiation therapy. Mammals include, but are not limited to, the order Rodentia, such as mice, and the order Logomorpha, such as rabbits. Optionally, the mammals are from the order Carnivora, including Felines (cats) and Canines (dogs), Artiodactyla, including Bovines (cows) and Swines (pigs) or of the order Perssodactyla, including Equines (horses). Optionally, the mammals are of the order Primates, Ceboids, or Simioids (monkeys) or of the order Anthropoids (humans and apes). Optionally, the patient is a human.

[0103] Further described (but not as such according to the claimed invention) is a method of inhibiting lactate dehydrogenase A (LDHA) and / or lactate dehydrogenase b (LDHB) activity in a cell comprising administering a compound of formula (I), including a compound of formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), or (Id), or a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a cell, whereby activity of LDHA and / or LDHB is inhibited. LDHA and LDHB activity can be measured by any method known in the art for measuring enzyme inhibtions, including by the assays described herein. Typically, inhibition of LDHA and LDHB activity will be demonstrated by a decrease in lactate accumulation and / or an increase in pyruvate relative to a control sample.

[0104] The following examples are provided for further illustration, and should not be construed as limiting in any way. Note that only compounds 155 and 185 fall within the scope of the appended claims, and all other compounds should be considered as reference examples only.EXAMPLES Example 1

[0105] This example describes a human LDHA primary biochemical assay employed in the characterization of test compounds.

[0106] Test compounds were placed in a Greiner Bio-One (Monroe, NC) 1536-well black solid bottom assay plate. 200 millimolar (mM) Tris HCl, pH 7.4, 100 micromolar (µM) EDTA and 0.01% TWEEN-20 ™< , final concentration, was used as the assay buffer. The LDHA reagent was 2 nanomolar (nM) Human LDHA (Meridian Life Science, Inc., Memphis, TN), final concentration, in assay buffer. The substrate reagent was 0.06 mM NADH and 0.2 mM sodium pyruvate, final concentration, in assay buffer. The resazurin / diaphorase coupling reagent was 0.037 mM resazurin and 0.133 milligrams per milliliter (mg / mL) diaphorase, final concentration, in assay buffer. The sequence of steps, amount and types of reagents, and time required for each step are set forth in Table 1. The inhibition of LDHA activity was measured by fluorescence emission. Table 1Sequence Parameter Value Notes 1Reagent3 µLLDHA reagent2Compound23 nLCompound of formula (I)3Time15 minRT incubation4ReagentµLSubstrate reagent5Time7 minRT incubation6ReagentµLResazurin / diaphorase coupling reagent7DetectorFluorescence (ex 525 nm / em 598 nm)VIEWLUX ™< in end-point mode: 2 sec exp., 5000 excitation energy Example 2

[0107] This example describes a human LDHB counterscreen biochemical assay employed in the characterization of test compounds.

[0108] Test compounds were placed in a Greiner Bio-One (Monroe, NC) 1536-well black solid bottom assay plate. 200 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.4, 100 µM EDTA and 0.01% TWEEN-20 ™< , final concentration, was used as the assay buffer. The LDHB reagent was 2 nM Human LDHB (Meridian Life Science, Inc., Memphis, TN), final concentration, in assay buffer. The substrate reagent was 0.13 mM NADH and 0.16 mM sodium pyruvate, final concentration, in assay buffer. The resazurin / diaphorase coupling reagent was 0.037 mM resazurin and 0.133 mg / mL diaphorase, final concentration, in assay buffer. The sequence of steps, amount and types of reagents, and time required for each step are set forth in Table 2. The inhibition of LDHB activity was measured by fluorescence emission. Table 2Sequence Parameter Value Notes 1Reagent3 µLLDHB reagent2Compound23 nLCompound of formula (I)3Time15 minRT incubation4Reagent1 µLSubstrate reagent5Time7 minRT incubation6Reagent1 µLResazurin / diaphorase coupling reagent7DetectorFluorescence (ex 525 nm / em 598 nm)VIEWLUX ™< in end-point mode: 2 sec exp., 5000 excitation energy Example 3

[0109] This example describes a human PHGDH counterscreen biochemical assay employed in the characterization of test compounds.

[0110] Test compounds were placed in a Greiner Bio-One (Monroe, NC) 1536-well black solid bottom assay plate. 50 mM TEA, pH 8.0, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.05% BSA, and 0.01% TWEEN-20 ™< , final concentration, was used as the assay buffer. The substrate reagent was 10 µM EDTA, 0.625 mM glutamate, 500 nM human PSAT1, 500 nM human PSPH, 0.05 mM 3-phosphoglycerate, 0.1 mM resazurin, and 0.1 mg / mL diaphorase, final concentration, in assay buffer. The PHGDH reagent was 0.15 mM NAD +< and 10 nM human PHGDH, final concentration, in assay buffer. The sequence of steps, amount and types of reagents, and time required for each step are set forth in Table 3. The inhibition of PHGDH activity was measured by fluorescence emission. Table 3Sequence Parameter Value Notes 1Reagent3 µLSubstrate reagent2Compound23 nLCompound of formula (I)3Reagent1 µLPHGDH reagent4DetectorFluorescence (ex 525 nm / em 598 nm)VIEWLUX ™< in end-point mode: 2 sec exp., 5000 excitation energy, use Δ between 0 and 30 min Example 4

[0111] This example describes a human GAPDH counterscreen biochemical assay employed in the characterization of test compounds.

[0112] Test compounds were placed in a Greiner Bio-One (Monroe, NC) 1536-well black solid bottom assay plate. 105 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.4, 10 µM EDTA, 1.27 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 0.875 mM MgCl 2 , 0.0875% BSA, 0.01 mM DTT, and 0.01% TWEEN-20 ™< , final concentration, was used as the assay buffer. The substrate reagent was 0.48 mM glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate, 0.06 mM resazurin, and 0.21 mg / mL diaphorase, final concentration, in assay buffer. The GAPDH reagent was 0.007 mM NAD +< and 2.5 nM human GAPDH, final concentration, in assay buffer. The sequence of steps, amount and types of reagents, and time required for each step are set forth in Table 4. The inhibition of GAPDH activity was measured by fluorescence emission. Table 4Sequence Parameter Value Notes 1Reagent3 µLSubstrate reagent2Compound23 nLCompound of formula (I)3Reagent1 µLGAPDH reagent4DetectorFluorescence (ex 525 nm / em 598 nm)VIEWLUX ™< in kinetic mode: 1 sec exp., 5000 excitation energy, use Δ between 0 and 20 min Example 5

[0113] This example describes cell-based metabolite assay by mass spectrometry (MS) employed in the characterization of test compounds.

[0114] The sequence of steps, amount and types of reagents, and time required for each step are set forth in Table 5. Table 5Sequence Parameter Value Notes 1ReagentSnu398 cells100k / well in 100 µL RPMI 10% FBS - phenol red2Time24 h37 °C, 5% CO 2 incubation3ReagentWashAspirate media and replace with fresh4ReagentCompoundDose LDHA inhibitors / controls in media5Time48 h37 °C, 5% CO 2 incubation6ReagentMediaAspirate 75 µL of media and collect in separate plate. Snap freeze and store at -80 °C. Pyruvate / lactate / NADH ion counts collected by Quintara Discovery, Inc. using MS-MS. Example 6

[0115] This example describes a cell-based metabolite assay by colorimetric / fluorometric detection employed in the characterization of test compounds.

[0116] Cell-based HT Lactate assay is a miniaturized Biovision Lactate Colorimetric / Fluorometric Assay Kit (Cat# K607-100). The assay is roughly a 3.5 hour assay run in a 1536 plate format. Cell number optimization should be run for each cell line to achieve an optimal number in which lactate production equals roughly 90% of the standard curve range. Cell number per well optimization has been performed with the following cell lines: MiaPaCa2 - 500 cells / well, SNU398 - 500 cells / well, and P493 - 500 cells / well. The sequence of steps, amount and types of reagents, and time required for each step are set forth in Table 6. Table 6Sequence Parameter Value Notes 1ReagentMiaPaCa2 cells500 / well in 4 µL in DMEM 4.5 g / L Glucose, - Glutamate, - FBS, - Phenol Red2ReagentCompoundDose LDHA inhibitors with pin tool3Time2.5 hr37 °C, 5% CO2 incubation4ReagentCompound2 µL / well5Time48 hRT6ReadMediaAbsorbance (570 nm) and Fluorescence (Ex / Em = 535 / 590 nm) Example 7

[0117] This example describes the preparation of tert-butyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate 1.

[0118] Tert-butyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate (17.20 ml, 96 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a stirred suspension of 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (10 g, 48.1 mmol, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (DCM) (100 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (50 mL), followed by dropwise addition of BF 3 ·OEt 2 (0.938 ml, 7.40 mmol, 10 mol%). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, concentrated, quenched slowly with a saturated bicarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated bicarbonate and brine, then dried, and the crude product was purified in a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 5-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes over 12 column volumes. The product fraction was concentrated to provide tert-butyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate 1 as a white solid (10.4 g, 82%).Example 8

[0119] This example describes the preparation of tert-butyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate 2. See Scheme 1.

[0120] A solution of tert-butyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate 1 (10.96 g, 41.5 mmol, 1 eq) from Example 1 and hydrazine hydrate (13 ml, 415 mmol, 10 eq) in EtOH (80 mL) was refluxed for 2 hr. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed and ice water was added. The precipitate formed was collected by filtration, washed with cold water, and dried under air. The crude product (tert-butyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate 2 ) was pure enough to be used for the following reaction.Example 9

[0121] This example describes the preparation of ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate 3. See Scheme 1.

[0122] Ethyl bromopyruvate (15.71 ml, 113 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-acetylhydrazinecarbothioamide (15 g, 113 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes until the solution became clear, then refluxed for 1.5 h. The solution was then concentrated and agitated with 20 mL of MeOH and 300 mL of ether. The yellow precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with ether, and dried to obtain a yellow solid (ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate 3 ) as HBr salt.Example 10

[0123] This example describes a general procedure for the synthesis of substituted benzoyl acetonitriles 4.

[0124] Acetonitrile (ACN) (5.33 ml, 102 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise to a cooled solution of 1 molar lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) (102 ml, 102 mmol, 2 eq) in THF (40 mL) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then a solution of an acid chloride (51.0 mmol, 1 eq) in 20 mL of THF was added dropwise over 15 minutes. The reaction was allowed to come to room temperature over 4 h and then quenched with 1 M (molar) HCl. The product was extracted ethyl acetate. The organic layer was subsequently washed with water and brine and dried over MgSO 4 . The crude product was purified on Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 5-75% ethyl acetate in hexanes over 12 column volumes to obtain a substituted benzoyl acetonitrile 4 as a yellow solid.Example 11

[0125] This example describes a general procedure for the synthesis of 4-(2-cyano-3-oxo-3-arylpropyl)benzenesulfonamide 5. See Scheme 2.

[0126] 2,6-Dimethyl-1,4-dihydro-pyridine-3,5-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester (Hantzsch ester) (12.21 g, 48.2 mmol, 1.4 eq) and L-proline (0.793 g, 6.89 mmol, 20 mol%) were added to a solution of 3-oxo-3-phenyl-propanenitrile 4 (34.4 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-formylbenzenesulfonamide (7.02 g, 37.9 mmol, 1.1 eq) in ethanol (150 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 30 minutes. The mixture was then cooled, mixed with silica gel, concentrated, and purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system with 20-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes over 6 column volumes then with 100% ethyl acetate over 8 column volumes to obtain 4-(2-cyano-3-oxo-3-arylpropyl)benzenesulfonamide 5 as a white solid.Example 12

[0127] This example describes a general procedure for the synthesis of 2-(5-amino-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 6. See Scheme 2.

[0128] A mixture of ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate hydrogen bromide salt (3 , 1.5 g, 5.59 mmol, 1 eq), 4-(2-cyano-3-oxo-3-arylpropyl)benzenesulfonamide (5.59 mmol, 1 eq) and tosic acid (2.128 g, 11.19 mmol, 2 eq) in ethanol (15 mL) was heated in a microwave for 15 minutes. The precipitate formed was collected by filtration and washed with cold ethanol to obtain pure product (ethyl 2-(5-amino-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 6 ) as a yellow solid.Example 13

[0129] This example describes a general procedure for the synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 7. See Scheme 2.

[0130] Tosic acid (5.37 g, 28.2 mmol, 3.5 eq) was added to a suspension of ethyl 2-(5-amino-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 6 (8.07 mmol, 1 eq) in ACN ( 100 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. During this period, the solution became clear, then a premixed solution of NaNO 2 (1.113 g, 16.13 mmol, 2 eq) and KI (4.02 g, 24.20 mmol, 3 eq) in 10 mL water was added dropwise over a period of 10-15 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. After completion of the reaction, the excess solvent was removed under reduce pressure, and the crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was subsequently washed with saturated sodium thiosulfate solution, water, and brine. The crude product was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system using a high performance column eluting with either 1-15% acetone in dichloromethane or 1-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes over 20 column volumes to obtain pure products.Example 14

[0131] This example describes a general procedure for the trifluoromethylation of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylates 7.

[0132] A mixture of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 7 (0.4 g, 0.673 mmol) 7 and 1,10-phenanthroline)(trifluoromethyl)copper(I) 8 (0.316 g, 1.009 mmol, 1.5 eq) was degassed with argon, then DMF (2 mL) was added and stirred at 55 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1 molar HCl, water, and brine. The organic layer was dried with MgSO 4 , concentrated, and purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 20-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes over 12 column volumes to obtain an ethyl 2-(5-trifluoromethyl-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 9 as a white solid.Example 15

[0133] This example describes a general procedure for the Suzuki coupling of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylates 7. See Scheme 3.

[0134] In a sealed microwave vial, 2 molar Na 2 CO 3 (0.17 mL, 0.336 mmol, 2 eq) was added to a mixture of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 7 (0.168 mmol, 1 eq), SILIACAT ™< DPP-Pd (0.1 g), boronic acid (0.336 mmol, 2 eq) in dimethyl ether (DME) (2 mL), then heated in a microwave for 30 minutes at 130 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated by blowing forced air. The residue was taken up in DMF (2 mL) and stirred with a silica-bound DMT, followed by filtering through a thiol resin cartridge to remove any leached palladium. Finally the compounds were purified on a preparative HPLC to obtain pure coupling products 10. Example 16

[0135] This example describes a general procedure for the Sonogashira coupling of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylates (7 ). See Scheme 3.

[0136] A mixture of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 7 (0.202 mmol, 1 eq), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (0.014 g, 0.020 mmol, 10 mol%), and CuI (3.84 mg, 0.020 mmol, 10 mol%) in THF (1 mL) was added triethylamine (TEA) (0.169 ml, 1.211 mmol, 6 eq) followed by the alkyne (0.404 mmol, 2 eq) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The vial was sealed and stirred at 80 °C for 4 h. After completion of the reaction, the product was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with 1 molar HCl and brine. The crude product was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 20-100% ethyl acetate or in preparative HPLC to obtain pure coupling products 10. Example 17

[0137] This example describes a general procedure for the cyanation of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylates 7. See Scheme 3.

[0138] A mixture of ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 7 (0.168 mmol, 1 eq) and CuCN (0.023 g, 0.252 mmol, 1.5 eq) in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) (0.5 ml) was heated in a microwave for 0.5 h at 160 °C. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated bicarbonate solution, water, and brine. The crude product was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 30-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes over 15 column volumes to obtain pure products 10. Example 18

[0139] This example describes a general procedure for the hydrolysis of the ethyl and methyl esters 10. See Scheme 3.

[0140] A 1.5 molar solution of LiOH in water was added to a solution of ethyl 2-(3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 10 (0.252 mmol, 1 eq) in THF / MeOH (3mL / 1.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 - 1 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in DMSO. Finally the compounds 11 were purified on preparative HPLC.Example 19

[0141] This example describes a general procedure for the ethyl 2-(5-(cyanomethyl)-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 12a (Scheme 4, Step a).

[0142] DMSO (2.5 mL) was added to a solution of KF (0.147 g, 2.52 mmol, 3 eq) in 0.9 mL water, followed by ethyl 2-(5-iodo-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 7 (0.841 mmol, 1 eq), PdCl 2 (dppf)-CH 2 Cl 2 adduct (0.137 g, 0.168 mmol, 20 mol%), and 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (0.246 g, 1.262 mmol, 1.5 eq). The mixture was bubbled with argon for 2 minutes. Next, the vial was sealed and stirred on a preheated heating block at 130 °C for 3h, then another portion of 0.9 mL of water was added, and the mixture was stirred at 130 °C for another 21 h. After completion of the reaction, a silica-bound metal scavenger was added and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a silica plug. The filtrate was washed with water, saturated ammonium chloride, and brine. The crude product was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 20-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes to obtain pure product ethyl 2-(5-(cyanomethyl)-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 12a as a white solid.Example 20

[0143] This example describes a general procedure for the 2-(5-(cyanomethyl)-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 12b. See Scheme 4, Step c.

[0144] A mixture of ethyl 2-(5-(cyanomethyl)-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 12a (0.049 mmol) and hydroxytrimethylstannane (0.018 g, 0.099 mmol, 2 eq) in dichloroethane (DCE) was stirred at 80 °C for 24 h. The solvent was removed by forced air. The residue was taken up DMSO and passed through a sulfonic acid cartridge to remove the trimethyl tin hydroxide. The crude product 2-(5-(cyanomethyl)-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 12b was purified on HPLC.Example 21

[0145] This example describes a general procedure for the synthesis of tetrazoles 13a. See Scheme 4, Step b.

[0146] A mixture of ethyl 2-(5-(cyanomethyl)-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 12a (0.414 mmol, 1 eq), NH 4 Cl (0.066 g, 1.241 mmol, 3 eq), and NaN 3 (0.081 g, 1.241 mmol, 3 eq) in DMF (2 ml) was heated in a microwave for 2 h at 125 °C. The product was purified on a reverse phase flash system to obtain pure products 13a. Example 22

[0147] This example describes a general procedure for the synthesis of tetrazole derivatives 13c. See Scheme 4, Step e.

[0148] A solution of ethyl 2-(5-((1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)-3-aryl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 13a (0.091 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (3 ml) was added LiAlH 4 (0.363 ml, 0.363 mmol, 4 eq) upon cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 and then quenched with water. The residue was suspended in a DCM / MeOH mixture and filtered through a silica plug. The crude product 13c obtained after evaporating the solvent was purified on a preparative HPLC.Example 23

[0149] This example describes the preparation of N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide 14. See Scheme 5, first step.

[0150] 4-Nitrobenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (1.746 g, 7.88 mmol, 1 eq) was added to a solution of bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)amine (2.5 g, 7.88 mmol, 1 eq) and Hünig's base (2.75 ml, 15.75 mmol, 2 eq) in DCM (15 ml) upon cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The crude product obtained after evaporating the solvent was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 25-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes to obtain N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide 14 as a yellow solid. Yield (2.85 g, 72%).Example 24

[0151] This example describes the preparation of 4-amino-N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)benzenesulfonamide 15. See Scheme 5, second step.

[0152] A solution of ammonium chloride (0.8 g, 14.92 mmol) in 10 mL water and iron powder (1.389 g, 24.87 mmol) was added to a suspension of N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide 14 (2.5 g, 4.97 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 85 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol and filtered through a pad of CELITE ™< . The filtrate was concentrated, neutralized with bicarbonate, and extracted with DCM. The DCM layer was washed with bicarbonate and brine. The crude product was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 1-15% MeOH (ammoniated) in DCM to obtain 4-amino-N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)benzenesulfonamide 15 as a white solid. Yield (2.2 g, 94%).Example 25

[0153] This example describes a general preparation of N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((3-aryl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino)-benzenesulfonamide 16. See Scheme 5, third step.

[0154] A mixture of 4-bromo-3-aryl-1H-pyrazole (1.569 mmol, 1 eq), 4-amino-N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)benzenesulfonamide 15 (1.038 g, 2.197 mmol, 1.4 eq), t-butyl BrettPhos (CAS # 1160861-53-9) (Stem Chemicals, Newburyport, MA, Catalog # 15-1164) (0.038 g, 0.078 mmol, 5 mol%) and t-butyl BrettPhos Palladacycle (CAS # 1148148-01-9) (Stem Chemicals, Newburyport, MA, Catalog # 46-0325) (0.067 g, 0.078 mmol, 5 mol%) in a microwave (MW) vial was purged with argon, and then THF (4 ml) was added, followed by lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS) (2.62 ml, 3.92 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixture was stirred in a preheated block at 80 °C for 14 h. The reaction mixture was poured into acidified water (1 molar HCl) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine. The crude product N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((3-aryl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino)-benzenesulfonamide 16 was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 30-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes.Example 26

[0155] This example describes a general preparation of tert-butyl 2-(4-((4-(N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-amino)-3-aryl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 17. See Scheme 5, fourth step.

[0156] A mixture of N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((3-aryl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino)benzenesulfon-amide 16 (0.732 mmol, 1 eq), K 2 CO 3 (0.202 g, 1.464 mmol), and tert-butyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (0.213 g, 0.805 mmol, 1.1 eq) in DMSO (1.5 mL) was stirred for 12 h at 125 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of CELITE ™< . The filtrate was washed with saturated ammonium chloride and brine. The crude product tert-butyl 2-(4-((4-(N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-amino)-3-aryl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 17 was purified on a Biotage (Charlotte, NC) flash system eluting with 40-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes.Example 27

[0157] This example describes a general procedure for the deprotection of (N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl) and t-butyl groups and synthesis of compounds 18. See Scheme 5, fifth step.

[0158] Tert-butyl 2-(4-((4-(N,N-bis(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)-phenyl)amino)-3-aryl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (0.251 mmol) 17 in a mixture of DCM (1.5 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (1.5 mL) was heated in microwave at 100 °C for 15 min at normal absorption. The solvent was removed by forced air, the crude product 18 was dissolved in DMSO, and then purified using preparative HPLC.Example 28

[0159] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 19. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0160] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (1058 mg, 4.48 mmol), 3-bromo-4-phenyl-1H-pyrrole (995 mg, 4.48 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (929 mg, 6.72 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (4 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 120 °C for 4 h. The mixture was poured into vigorously stirred H 2 O (100 mL), and the solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O, and dried. The solid was re-dissolved in EtOAc and filtered. Some undissolved material was the hydrolized acid. The filtrate was concentrated and triturated with ca. 3% EtOAc / hexane to give ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (1329 mg, 3.51 mmol, 78% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0161] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (378 mg, 1 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (330 mg, 1.300 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (73.2 mg, 0.100 mmol), and potassium acetate (294 mg, 3.00 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then, 1,4-dioxane (4 ml) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through CELITE ™< and eluted with EtOAc. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give product, which was triturated with a small amount of hexane and then dried to give ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (540 mg, 0.762 mmol, 76% yield) as solid. The product contained about 40% of reduction (de-Br) product, which was used for the next step without further purification.STEP 3: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0162] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (70.9 mg, 0.1 mmol), 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (25.01 mg, 0.100 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (11.56 mg, 10.00 µmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 6 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-60% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (29 mg, 0.062 mmol, 61.9% yield) as a white solid.STEP 4: Synthesis of 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (19)

[0163] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (26 mg, 0.055 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and until the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2), hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried to give 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 19 (21 mg, 0.048 mmol, 86% yield).

[0164] The compound was pure enough and was submitted (19 mg) to system directly. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.18 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 2H), 7.80 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.72 - 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.52 - 7.37 (m, 5H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 441.Example 29

[0165] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 20. STEP 1: Synthesis of 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole

[0166] In a 2-neck flask was placed 3-(3-bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazole (1115 mg, 5 mmol), phenylboronic acid (914 mg, 7.50 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (366 mg, 0.500 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (2073 mg, 15.00 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (12 ml, ratio: 2.000) and water (6 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for 5 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (5 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-40-50% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole (1050 mg, 4.77 mmol, 95% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrazole

[0167] To a solution of 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole (1050 mg, 4.77 mmol) in DMF (7.5 ml) was added NBS (891 mg, 5.01 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O / sat. Na 2 CO 3(aq) (50 mL / 30 mL / 20 mL). The organic layer was washed with H 2 O (50 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-30% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrazole (1200 mg, 4.01 mmol, 84% yield).STEP 3: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0168] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (472 mg, 2 mmol), 3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrrole (596 mg, 2.000 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (415 mg, 3.00 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (4 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 130 °C for 4 h. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (100 mL), and the solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O, and dried. The solid was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered. The undissolved material was the hydrolized acid (21 , ca. 110 mg with a small amount of impurity). The filtrate was concentrated and triturated with ca. 5% EtOAc / hexane to give 420 mg of pure product. The solution was concentrated and combined with the extraction from the original aqueous layer and then purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-30% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give another 210 mg of product. Total 630 mg of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (630 mg, 1.387 mmol, 69.3% yield) was obtained.STEP 4: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0169] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (454 mg, 1 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (381 mg, 1.500 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (73.2 mg, 0.100 mmol), and potassium acetate (294 mg, 3.00 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then, 1,4-dioxane (4 ml) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through CELITE ™< and eluted with EtOAc. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give product, which was triturated with a small amount of hexane and then dried to give ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (450 mg, 0.494 mmol, 49.4% yield) as solid. The product contained about 45% of reduction (de-Br) product.STEP 5: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0170] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (91 mg, 0.1 mmol), 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (25.01 mg, 0.100 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (11.56 mg, 10.00 µmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 6 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-60% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 20 (35 mg, 0.064 mmol, 64.3% yield) as a white solid. Some of the reduction product (ca. 30 mg) from either the reaction and / or from a previous step was collected and subjected to hydrolysis to give 22 (see Example 31, Scheme 7A).STEP 6: Synthesis of 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (20)

[0171] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (35 mg, 0.064 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH(aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2) and dried to give 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 20 (28 mg, 0.054 mmol, 84% yield).

[0172] The compound was pure enough and was submitted (24 mg) to system directly. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.20 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.74 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H), 7.50 - 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.37 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (s, 2H), 4.21 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 517.Example 30

[0173] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA21 .

[0174] The side product of step 3 in Example 28 was re-purified by reverse phase chromatography to give 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 21. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.25 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H); MS (M+H) +< = 427Example 31

[0175] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 22. See Scheme 7A.

[0176] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (30 mg, 0.080 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added, and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried. The product still contained a small amount of impurity, which was dissolved in DMF, filtered through a filter, and submitted for purification to give 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 22 (0.8 mg, 1.734 µmol, 2.170% yield). MS (M+H) +< = 348.Example 32

[0177] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 23. STEP 1: Synthesis of 3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine

[0178] In a 2-neck flask was placed 3-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (788 mg, 4 mmol), (3,4-difluorophenyl)boronic acid (758 mg, 4.80 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (146 mg, 0.200 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (1658 mg, 12.00 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (12 ml, ratio: 2.000) and water (6 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for 3 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (5 mL x 2). The combined organic was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-40% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (260 mg, 1.129 mmol, 28.2% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of tert-butyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0179] In a microwave tube was placed 3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (50.6 mg, 0.220 mmol), tert-butyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (52.8 mg, 0.2 mmol), (1S,2S)-N 1< ,N 2< -dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (5.69 mg, 0.040 mmol), CuI (3.81 mg, 0.020 mmol), and K 3 PO 4 (127 mg, 0.600 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (3 times). Then toluene (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 110 °C for overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (3 mL) and filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and the mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-30% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give tert-butyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (75 mg, 0.181 mmol, 91% yield). This material contained some Br-starting material and impurity was used for de-protection and purified in the next step.STEP 3: Synthesis of 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA (23)

[0180] To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (75 mg, 0.181 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1 ml) was added HCl (4M in dioxane, 1 mL, 4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and the crude material was dissolved in DMF, filtered through a filter, and submitted for purification to give 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 23 (1.6 mg, 3.39 µmol, 1.871% yield). MS (M+H) +< = 358.Example 33

[0181] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-hydroxy-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 24. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenyl-2-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)propanoate

[0182] To a mixture of sodium 4-sulfamoylphenolate (195 mg, 1 mmol) and ethyl 2-bromo-3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoate (298 mg, 1.100 mmol) was added EtOH (1 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-50% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenyl-2-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)propanoate (66 mg, 0.182 mmol, 18.16% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of give 2-(5-hydroxy-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA (24 )

[0183] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenyl-2-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)propanoate (66 mg, 0.182 mmol), ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate (34.0 mg, 0.182 mmol), and p-TsOH (34.5 mg, 0.182 mmol) and added EtOH (2 ml). The tube was sealed and heated at 150 °C for 20 min. The solvent was removed via air blow-down and then added THF (1 mL) and 1.5 N LiOH (aq) (1 mL, 1.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then 1 N HCl (aq) (ca. 1.5-1.55 mL) was added (pH of aqueous layer is ca. 3), and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 mL x 4). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in DMF and submitted for purification to give 2-(5-hydroxy-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 24 (20.8 mg, 0.036 mmol, 20.00% yield). MS (M+H) +< = 459Example 34

[0184] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 25. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0185] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (472 mg, 2 mmol), 3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (515 mg, 2.100 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (304 mg, 2.200 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (2 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 140 °C for 2 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O (30 mL / 30 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-50-80% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (328 mg, 0.820 mmol, 41.0% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0186] In a 2-neck flask was placed ethyl 2-(3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (40.0 mg, 0.1 mmol), (3,4-difluorophenyl)boronic acid (31.6 mg, 0.200 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (7.32 mg, 10.00 µmol), and K 2 CO 3 (69.1 mg, 0.500 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (1 mL, ratio: 2.000) and water (0.5 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for 3 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (5 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-70% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (11 mg, 0.028 mmol, 28.5% yield).STEP 3: Synthesis of 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (25)

[0187] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (10 mg, 0.026 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1 N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added, and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried to give 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 25 (6 mg, 0.017 mmol, 64.7% yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.16 (s, 1H), 8.88 - 8.78 (m, 2H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.15 (ddd, J = 11.7, 7.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 - 7.97 (m, 1H), 7.68 (dt, J = 10.8, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.1, 4.6 Hz, 1H); MS (M+H) +< = 359.Example 35

[0188] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 26 . STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0189] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (944 mg, 4 mmol), 3-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (867 mg, 4.40 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (663 mg, 4.80 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (7.5 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 150 °C for 3 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O (30 mL / 30 mL). The organic was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified (twice) by silica gel chromatography using 10-20% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (587 mg, 1.667 mmol, 41.7% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0190] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (352 mg, 1 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (330 mg, 1.300 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (73.2 mg, 0.100 mmol), and AcOK (294 mg, 3.00 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then, 1,4-dioxane (3 ml) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through CELITE ™< and eluted with EtOAc. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give product, which was triturated with a small amount of hexane to give ethyl 2-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (293 mg, 0.734 mmol, 73.4% yield) as solid.STEP 3: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0191] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (39.9 mg, 0.1 mmol), 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (25.01 mg, 0.100 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (11.56 mg, 10.00 µmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 6 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-80% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (28 mg, 0.063 mmol, 63.3% yield) as a white solid.STEP 4: Synthesis of 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (26)

[0192] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (28 mg, 0.063 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried to give 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 26 (21 mg, 0.051 mmol, 80% yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.04 (s, 1H), 8.46 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.80 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J = 7.9, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 4.23 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 415.Example 36

[0193] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 27. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0194] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (70.9 mg, 0.1 mmol), 1-(bromomethyl)-4-(methylsulfonyl)benzene (24.91 mg, 0.100 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (11.56 mg, 10.00 µmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 6 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 25-50% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (35 mg, 0.075 mmol, 74.9% yield) as a white solid.STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (27)

[0195] To a solution of ethyl 2-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (35 mg, 0.075 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1 N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried to give 2-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 27 (30 mg, 0.068 mmol, 91% yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.17 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 - 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.70 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.53 - 7.37 (m, 5H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H); MS (M+H) +< = 440.Example 37

[0196] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 28. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0197] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (70.9 mg, 0.1 mmol), 1-(bromomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (23.90 mg, 0.100 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (11.56 mg, 10.00 µmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2 N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 6 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (58 mg, 0.070 mmol, 69.7% yield) as a white solid. This material was mixed with the reduction product and was used for hydrolysis directly and purified at the next step.STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA (28)

[0198] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (58 mg, 0.070 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1 N HCl (aq) ( ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added, and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in DMF, filtered through a filter and submitted for purification to give 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 28 (13 mg, 0.024 mmol, 34.3% yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.17 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.69 - 7.59 (m, 4H), 7.50 - 7.36 (m, 5H), 4.18 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 430.Example 38

[0199] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 29. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0200] In a 2-neck flask was placed ethyl 2-(3-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (35.2 mg, 0.1 mmol), [1,1'-biphenyl]-3-ylboronic acid (39.6 mg, 0.200 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (7.32 mg, 10.00 µmol), and K 2 CO 3 (69.1 mg, 0.500 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (1 mL, ratio: 2.000) and water (0.5 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for 3 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (5 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-70% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (30 mg, 0.053 mmol, 52.9% yield). This product contained some impurity and was used for the next step without further purification.STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA (29)

[0201] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (30 mg, 0.071 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H2O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Then, 1 N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in DMF, filtered through a filter, and submitted for purification to give 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 29 (2.1 mg, 4.11 µmol, 5.82% yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.08 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.55 - 8.50 (m, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (m, 3H), 7.68 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54 - 7.44 (m, 3H), 7.43 - 7.35 (m, 1H); MS (M+H) +< = 398.Example 39

[0202] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 30. STEP 1: Synthesis of (3-bromo-1H-indol-5-yl)(morpholino)methanone

[0203] To a mixture of 3-bromo-1H-indole-5-carboxylic acid (960 mg, 4 mmol) and HATU (2281 mg, 6.00 mmol) was added DMF (5 ml) and then morpholine (697 mg, 8.00 mmol) and Hünig's base (1.048 ml, 6.00 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O (60 mL / 60 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 50-100% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give (3-bromo-1H-indol-5-yl)(morpholino)methanone (1204 mg, 3.89 mmol, 97% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0204] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (425 mg, 1.800 mmol), (3-bromo-1H-indol-5-yl)(morpholino)methanone (464 mg, 1.5 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (415 mg, 3.00 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (3 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 125 °C for overnight. The mixture was poured into vigorously stirred H 2 O (100 mL) and the solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O, and dried. To the solid was added hexane (30 mL), and the mixture was sonicated and filtered. The solid was dried to give ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (485 mg, 1.045 mmol, 69.6% yield).STEP 3: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0205] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (464 mg, 1 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (381 mg, 1.500 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (73.2 mg, 0.100 mmol), and potassium, acetate (294 mg, 3.00 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then, 1,4-dioxane (3 ml) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through CELITE ™< and eluted with EtOAc. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-100% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give product, which was triturated with a small amount of hexane to give ethyl 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (360 mg, 0.669 mmol, 66.9% yield) as solid. This material contained a very small amount of reduction (de-Br) product, ~5%, and was used without further purification.STEP 4: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0206] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (77 mg, 0.15 mmol), 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (49.9 mg, 0.200 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (17.33 mg, 0.015 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2 N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 4 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 90-100% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (70 mg, 0.126 mmol, 84% yield) as a white solid.STEP 5: Synthesis of 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (30)

[0207] To a solution of ethyl 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (65 mg, 0.117 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1 N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added, and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried. The solid was collected and 10% CH 2 Cl 2 / hexane (15 mL) was added, and the mixture was sonicated and filtered. The solid was dried to give 2-(5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 30 (19 mg, 0.036 mmol, 30.8% yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.20 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 2H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 3.76 - 3.34 (m, 8H); MS (M+H) +< = 527.Example 40

[0208] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 31. STEP 1: Synthesis of 3-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indole

[0209] To a solution of 5-fluoro-1H-indole (1351 mg, 10 mmol) in CHCl 3 (10 ml) and pyrdine (1.779 ml, 22.00 mmol) at 0 °C was added NBS (1958 mg, 11.00 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated to remove most of the solvent. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and the organic layer washed 0.5 N HCl (aq) (50 mL), H 2 O (50 mL), 2 N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (50 mL), H 2 O (50 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), and filtered. The product was checked by LCMS and was dried to give 3-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indole (1945 mg, 9.09 mmol, 91% yield). This material was used for the next step without further purification.STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0210] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (708 mg, 3 mmol), 3-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indole (642 mg, 3.00 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (829 mg, 6.00 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (4 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 125 °C for 5 h. The mixture was poured into vigorously stirred H 2 O (100 mL) and the solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O and then hexane, and dried to give ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (800 mg, 2.167 mmol, 72.2% yield).STEP 3: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4.4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0211] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-fluoro-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (554 mg, 1.5 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (571 mg, 2.250 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (110 mg, 0.150 mmol), and potassium acetate (442 mg, 4.50 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then, 1,4-dioxane (4 ml) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through CELITE ™< and eluted with EtOAc. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 5-20% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give product, which was triturated with a small amount of hexane to give ethyl 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (730 mg, ca. 55% purity, 0.965 mmol, 64.3% yield) as solid. This material contained reduction (de-Br) product, ~45%.STEP 4: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0212] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (114 mg, 0.15 mmol, ~55% purity), 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (49.9 mg, 0.200 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (17.33 mg, 0.015 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2 N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 4 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-50% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (47 mg, 0.102 mmol, 68.2% yield) as a white solid.STEP 5: Synthesis of 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (31)

[0213] To a solution of ethyl 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (47 mg, 0.102 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1 N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2) and dried to give 2-(5-fluoro-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 31 (37 mg, 0.086 mmol, 84% yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.17 (s, 1H), 8.40 (dd, J = 9.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27 - 7.18 (m, 3H), 4.16 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 432.Example 41

[0214] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 32. STEP 1: Synthesis of 4-((3-bromo-1H-indol-5-yl)methyl)morpholine

[0215] To a solution of (3-bromo-1H-indol-5-yl)(morpholino)methanone (711 mg, 2.3 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (5 ml) under N 2 at 0 °C was added DIBAL-H (1636 mg, 11.50 mmol) (1 M in THF, 11.5 mL). After addition of DIBAL-H, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was slowly poured into vigorously stirred sat. Rochelle salt solution (aq.) (15 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 50-100% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 4-((3-bromo-1H-indol-5-yl)methyl)morpholine (477 mg, 1.616 mmol, 70.3% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-(morpholinomethyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0216] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (443 mg, 1.875 mmol), 4-((3-bromo-1H-indol-5-yl)methyl)morpholine (443 mg, 1.5 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (311 mg, 2.250 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (2 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 125 °C for 3 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O (50 mL / 50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-100% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-(morpholinomethyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (426 mg, 0.946 mmol, 63.1% yield).STEP 3: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(moipholinomethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0217] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-bromo-5-(morpholinomethyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (426 mg, 0.946 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (480 mg, 1.892 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (69.2 mg, 0.095 mmol), and potassium acetate (371 mg, 3.78 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). Then, 1,4-dioxane (2 ml) was added and stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for 5 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 50-100% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate as solid.STEP 4: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0218] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (99 mg, 0.2 mmol), 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (50.0 mg, 0.2 mmol), and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (23.11 mg, 0.020 mmol). The tube was sealed and air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (2-3 times). A mixture of toluene (0.75 ml, ratio: 2.500) / EtOH (0.3 ml, ratio: 1.000) was added, and then 2 N Na 2 CO 3(aq) (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 6 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 °C (pre-heated) for 2 h. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 60-100% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (37 mg, 0.068 mmol, 34.2% yield).STEP 5: Synthesis of 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (32)

[0219] To a solution of ethyl 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (37 mg, 0.068 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1 N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 6. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added and the solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried to give 2-(5-(morpholinomethyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 32 (23 mg, 0.045 mmol, 65.6% yield). MS (M+H) +< = 513.Example 42

[0220] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 33. STEP 1: Synthesis of 4-(2-oxo-2-phenylethoxy)benzenesulfonamide

[0221] To a mixture of 4-hydroxybenzenesulfonamide (520 mg, 3.00 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (551 mg, 3.99 mmol) was added acetone (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then 2-bromo-1-phenylethanone (597 mg, 3 mmol) in acetone (5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Then, H 2 O (15 mL) and hexane (20 mL) were added to the reaction mixture. The solid was filtered and washed with H 2 O (2 mL x 2) and then 5% EtOAc / hexane (5 mL x 3). The solid was dried to give 4-(2-oxo-2-phenylethoxy)benzenesulfonamide (804 mg, 2.76 mmol, 92% yield) as a white solid.STEP 2: Synthesis of 4-((3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide

[0222] In a microwave tube was placed 4-(2-oxo-2-phenylethoxy)benzenesulfonamide (291 mg, 1 mmol) and 1,1-dimethoxy-N,N-dimethylmethanamine (1.5 ml, 11.29 mmol) (neat). The tube was sealed and heated at 90 °C for overnight. The mixture was concentrated by blowing air and the residue was dried in vacuo for hours to give crude mixture of 4-((1-(dimethylamino)-3-oxo-3-phenylprop-1-en-2-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide (maybe some isomer or aldehyde). To the crude intermediate was added EtOH (4 mL) and N 2 H 4 monohydrate (MW= 50, d= 1.032, 0.145 mL, 3 mmol). The mixture was sealed and heated at 60 °C for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed by blowing air, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-80% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 4-((3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide (85 mg, 0.270 mmol, 27.0% yield) (2 steps). This material contained some impurity and was used for the next step without further purification.STEP 3: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0223] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (70.0 mg, 0.296 mmol),4-((3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide (85 mg, 0.270 mmol), and potassium carbonate (55.9 mg, 0.404 mmol). The tube was sealed and DMSO (1.5 ml) was added. The mixture was heated at 120 °C for 3 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O (30 mL / 30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of the solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 30-50-60% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (35 mg, 0.074 mmol, 27.6% yield).STEP 4: Synthesis of 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (33)

[0224] To a solution of ethyl 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (32 mg, 0.068 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added LiOH (aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1N HCl (aq) (ca.0.6-0.65 mL) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (5 mL) was added and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (1 ml x 2) and then hexane (2 mL x 2), and dried to give 2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylphenoxy)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 33 (21 mg, 0.047 mmol, 69.8% yield).Example 43

[0225] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 34.

[0226] According to similar procedures described above for 26, the title compound was prepared starting from 3-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine, and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography under basic conditions to give 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 34 (NH 3 salt). MS (M+H) +< = 415.Example 44

[0227] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (35).

[0228] According to similar procedures described above for 26, the title compound was prepared starting from 3-bromoindazole to give 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 35. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.15 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.67 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 - 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.35 (ddd, J = 8.1, 7.0, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 415.Example 45

[0229] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-5-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)oxy)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 36. STEP 1: Synthesis of 5-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)oxy)-1H-indole

[0230] To a mixture of 1H-indol-5-ol (0.799 g, 6 mmol), tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol (0.919 g, 9.00 mmol), and PPh 3 (2.361 g, 9.00 mmol) in THF (10 ml) under N 2 was added a solution of (E)-di-tert-butyl diazene-1,2-dicarboxylate (2.072 g, 9.00 mmol) in THF (6 mL). The mixture was then stirred at 50 °C for 3 h. Tetrahydropyran-4-ol (3 mmol) was added and then a solution of PPh 3 (3 mmol) and (E)-di-tert-butyl diazene-1,2-dicarboxylate (3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for another 3 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-40% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 5-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)oxy)-1H-indole (1.18 g, 5.43 mmol, 91% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-5-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)oxy)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 (36)

[0231] According to similar procedures described above for 31, the title compound was prepared starting from 5-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)oxy)-1H-indole and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography under basic condition to give 2-(3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 36 (NH 3 salt). MS (M+H) +< = 514.Example 46

[0232] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 37. STEP 1: Synthesis of 3-bromo-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid

[0233] To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-1H-indole-6-carboxylate (1.270 g, 5 mmol) in THF (10 ml, ratio: 10.00) was added LiOH(aq) (1.5 N in H 2 O, 12 mL, 18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then, 1N HCl(aq) was added and the pH of aqueous layer was around 4. Then, hexane (30 mL) was added and the resulting solid was filtered, triturated with H 2 O (3 ml x 2) and then hexane (5 mL x 2), and dried to give 3-bromo-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid (1.136 g, 4.73 mmol, 95% yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 37

[0234] According to similar procedures described above for 30, the title compound was prepared starting from 3-bromo-1H-indole-6-carboxylic acid and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography under basic condition to give 2-(6-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-3-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, NH 3 37 (NH 3 salt). MS (M+H) +< = 527.Example 47

[0235] This example describes the synthesis of 1-(1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-yl)-ketones.

[0236] To a solution of 1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazole (4000 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 was added thionyl chloride (SOCl 2 , 1000 mmol) and stirred at rt for 0.5 h. Alkyl carboxylic acid (1000 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with CH 2 Cl 2 . The filtrate was neutralized with bicarbonate solution slowly and stirred for 30 minutes then transfered to a separatory funnel. The organic layer washed with bicarbonate solution then with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated. The residue was purified directly on silica using organic gradient (0-20 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 10 CV). The first peak was collected and dried to get an oil or solid.Example 48

[0237] This example describes the synthesis of 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamides. STEP 1: Synthesis of 4-methylbenzenesulfonamide derivatives

[0238] A stirring solution of 4-methylbenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (95 g, 455 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 was bubbled with ammonia for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and dried under reduced pressure. The resulting off-white powder was taken to the next step without further purification or characterization; (M+H) +< = 190STEP 2: Synthesis of 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide derivatives

[0239] A stirring solution of 4-methyl-2 or 3-fluorobenzenesulfonamide (7.3 mmol), N-bromosuccinimide (NBS 9.5 mmol) and AIBN (0.73 mmol) in CCl 4 (Volume: 20 mL) was refluxed for 24 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was suspended in ethyl acetate and filtered. The filtrate was washed with Na 2 S 2 O 3 , NaHCO 3 and brine solutions, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and filtered. Silica gel was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The dry loaded product was purified on silica using gradient elution (5-100 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 16 CV in a 120 g silica column). The pale colorless produced was used in the next step without further purification or characterization;Example 49

[0240] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(alkyl)-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids and 2-(3-(alkyl)-5-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids. STEP 1: Synthesis of 1-phenyl-3-alkyl-1,3-diones

[0241] To a stirring solution of 1-(1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-yl)-2-alkyl ketone (200 mmol) and magnesium bromide diethyl etherate (413 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 was added 1-phenylethanone derivatives (165 mmol). Diisopropyl ethyl amine (500 mmol) was added dropwise over several minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction was slowly quenched with 1.0 M HCl and washed with 1.0 M HCl and brine. The residue was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (0-30 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 20 CV). The resulting oils were used in the next step without further purification or characterization.STEP 2: Synthesis of 4-(2-benzoyl-3-oxo)-3-alkyl-benzenesulfonamides

[0242] 1-phenyl-3-alkyl-1,3-diones (150 mmol) and cesium carbonate (Cs 2 CO 3 , 226 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 10 minutes at which time potassium iodide were added (KI, 150 mmol) and 4-(bromomethyl)-benzenesulfonamides (165 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction mixture was diluted with a large excess of ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was washed with 1 M HCl, sat aq NH 4 Cl and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (20-40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 16 CV).STEP 3: ethyl 2-(5-(alkyl)-3-phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylates

[0243] Method A - A solution of 4-(2-benzoyl-3-oxo)-3-alkyl-benzenesulfonamide (6.7 mmol), ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate, 2 HBr (7.3 mmol) and p-toluene sulfonic acid (pTsOH, 20 mmol) in dioxane was heated in a sealed vessel in the microwave for 15 min at 160 °C. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (0-100 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 15 CV).

[0244] Method B - A solution of 4-(2-(benzoyl)-3-oxo-3-alkyl-benzenesulfonamide (113 mmol), p-toluene sulfonic acid (pTsOH, 57 mmol) and pyrrolidine (57 mmol) in ethanol was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h, after which time ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate, 2 HBr (136 mmol) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified without work-up directly on silica using gradient elution (20-40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 20 CV). A mixture of regioisomers were collected as a single peak. After removing the solvent, the regioisomers were separated via reverse phase preparative column using gradient elution (50-100 % acetonitrile modified with 0.1% TFA in water modified with 0.1% TFA over 25 CV). The second elution peak was pooled and concentrated, and the resulting solid was stirred with a clear solution of NaHCO 3 . The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and sequentially dried, first under air overnight then by high vacuum under P 2 O 5 , resulting in a colorless powder.STEP 4: Synthesis of 2-(5-(alkyl)-3-phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids

[0245] To a solution of ethyl 2-(5-(alkyl)-3-phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (0.07 mmol) in THF / MeOH was added 1.5 M LiOH (0.27 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the solvent was removed by forced air. The residue was taken into DMSO and purified directly via preparative reverse phase using gradient elution (4-100% acetonitrile modified with 0.1% TFA in water modified with 0.1% TFA). The product fractions were directly frozen and lyophilized overnight, yielding an off-white powder.Example 50

[0246] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(meta substituted-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(alkyl)-3-(3-(alk-1-yn-1-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylates

[0247] A solution of ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(alkyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (0.161 mmol, prepared according to the procedure outlined in Example 49, Steps 1-3, using method B in Step 3), tri(tert-butylphosphonium)tetrafluoroborate (0.016 mmol), allylpalladium chloride dimer (0.008 mmol) and DABCO (0.323 mmol) in dioxane was bubbled with argon for 5 minutes. Alkylethyne was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and palladium scavenging silica (DMT) was added. After stirring for 2 h at rt the slurry was filtered through a plug of silica. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (20-40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 20 CV).STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(5-(alkyl)-3-(3-(alk-1-yn-1-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids

[0248] The desired compounds were synthesized according to the procedure outlined in Step 4 of Example 49 providing 2-(5-(alkyl)-3-(3-(alk-1-yn-1-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids as off-white solids.Example 51

[0249] This example describes the synthesis of 4-((1-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydrothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide 210. STEP 1: Synthesis of 7-bromo-4-(tert-butoxy)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine

[0250] To a partial suspension of 7-bromo-4-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (998 mg, 4 mmol) in THF (12 ml) at 0 °C was added KOtBu (4.40 ml, 4.40 mmol) (1M solution in THF). The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1.5 h. The mixture was poured into H 2 O / NH 4 Cl (aq) (25 mL / 25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 5-10% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 7-bromo-4-(tert-butoxy)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (350 mg, 1.219 mmol, 30.5 % yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of 4-((1-(4-(tert-butoxy)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)benzenesulfonamide

[0251] In a microwave tube was placed N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-4-((3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide (138 mg, 0.25 mmol), 7-bromo-4-(tert-butoxy)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (71.8 mg, 0.250 mmol), (1S,2S)-N1,N2-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (7.11 mg, 0.050 mmol), CuI (4.76 mg, 0.025 mmol), and Phosphoric acid, potassium salt (159 mg, 0.750 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (3 times). Then Toluene (Volume: 2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 110 °C for overnight. After cooling to rt, the mixture was dilute with EtOAc (3 mL) and filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and the mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 4-((1-(4-(tert-butoxy)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)benzenesulfonamide (64 mg, 0.084 mmol, 33.7 % yield). MS (M+H) +< = 760.STEP 3: Synthesis of 4-((1-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydrothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide (210)

[0252] To a solution of 4-((1-(4-(tert-butoxy)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)benzenesulfonamide (64 mg, 0.084 mmol) in 1,2-Dichloroethane (1 ml) was add TFA (1 ml, 12.98 mmol). The tube was sealed and heated at 100 °C for 30 min under microwave irradiation. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O (30 mL / 30 mL) and Na 2 CO 3(aq) was added until the pH of aqueous layer is ca. 7.5-8. The organic layer with some suspension was washed with H 2 O (20 mL x 3) and then concentrated to remove all the solvent and trace of H 2 O. The product was dried in vacuo for 10 min. Then, to the product was added EtOAc (5 mL) and then hexane (50 mL). The solid was filtered and washed with 5% EtOAc / hexane (3 mL x 3) and then dried to give 4-((1-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydrothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide 210 (36.5 mg, 0.079 mmol, 93 % yield) as an off white solid. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 12.79 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.74 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.68 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.45 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.39 - 7.34 (m, 3H), 7.25 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 464.Example 52

[0253] This example describes the synthesis of 4-((1-(4-aminothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide, TFA 211. STEP 1: Synthesis of 7-bromo-N-(tert-butyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine

[0254] To a partial suspension of 7-bromo-4-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (0.998 g, 4 mmol) in EtOH (6 ml) at 80 °C was added 2-methylpropan-2-amine (0.585 g, 8.0 mmol) and then Hunig's Base (0.699 ml, 4.0 mmol). The mixture was seared and stirred at 80 °C for overnight. The mixture was diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 and concentrated to remove all the solvent. The product was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with H 2 O (50 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 2-5-10% EtOAc / CH 2 Cl 2 as the eluent to give 7-bromo-N-(tert-butyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (1.09 g, 3.81 mmol, 95 % yield).STEP 2: Synthesis of 4-((1-(4-aminothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide, TFA (211)

[0255] In a microwave tube was placed N,Nbis(4-methoxybenzyl)-4-((3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide (138 mg, 0.25 mmol), 7-bromo-N-(tert-butyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (71.5 mg, 0.250 mmol), (1S,2S)-N1,N2-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (7.11 mg, 0.050 mmol), CuI (4.76 mg, 0.025 mmol), and Phosphoric acid, potassium salt (159 mg, 0.750 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (3 times). Then Toluene (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 110 °C for overnight. After cooling to rt, the mixture was dilute with EtOAc (3 mL) and filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and the mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give 4-((1-(4-(tert-butylamino)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)benzenesulfonamide. The product was contained some impurity and was subjected for removing the protection groups directly. The product was dissolved in TFA / dichloroethane (2 mL / 1 mL) and was heated at 100 °C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. Then, the mixture heated at 120 °C for another 1.5 h under microwave irradiation. The mixture was concentrated and submit for purification to give 4-((1-(4-aminothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide, TFA 211 (5.7 mg, 9.89 µmol, 3.95 % yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.92 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.69 (m, 4H), 7.49 - 7.30 (m, 5H), 7.26 (s, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 463.Example 53

[0256] This example describes the synthesis of 1-methyl-2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylic acid, TFA 212. STEP 1: Synthesis of methyl 2-(4-(4-(N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylate

[0257] In a microwave tube was placed N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-4-((3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide (138 mg, 0.25 mmol), methyl 2-bromo-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylate (54.8 mg, 0.25 mmol), (15,25)-N1,N2-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (14.22 mg, 0.100 mmol), CuI (9.52 mg, 0.050 mmol), and Phosphoric acid, potassium salt (159 mg, 0.750 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (3 times). Then Toluene (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 110 °C for overnight. After cooling to rt, the mixture was dilute with EtOAc (3 mL) and filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and the mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give methyl 2-(4-(4-(N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylate (57 mg, 0.082 mmol, 33.0 % yield). MS (M+H) +< = 692.STEP 2: Synthesis of 1-methyl-2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylic acid, TFA (212)

[0258] To a solution of methyl 2-(4-(4-(N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)benzyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylate (57 mg, 0.082 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added LiOH(aq) (1.5 N, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. Then, 1 N HCl(aq) was added slowly until the pH of aqueous layer was about 4-5. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 10) until no product was detected by UV from organic layer. The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of solvent, the product was dried in vacuo to give crude acid intermediate. The intermediate was then dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane / TFA (0.6 mL / 0.6 mL) in a microwave tube. The tube was sealed and heat at 100 °C under microwave irradiation for 20 min. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in DMF, filter, and submitted for purification to give 1-methyl-2-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylic acid, TFA 212 (2 mg, 3.63 µmol, 4.40 % yield). MS (M+H) +< = 438.Example 54

[0259] This example describes the synthesis of 5-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiophene-3-carboxylic acid, TFA 213.

[0260] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compound was prepared starting from N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-4-((3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide and ethyl 5-bromothiophene-3-carboxylate and then hydrolyzed. The final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 5-(3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiophene-3-carboxylic acid, TFA 213. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 12.88 (s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.73 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.63 - 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.44 - 7.32 (m, 5H), 7.26 (s, 2H), 4.08 (s, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 440.Example 55

[0261] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 214. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate and ethyl 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0262] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (63.8 mg, 0.1 mmol) (2 regio-isomers), 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (41.6 mg, 0.20 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf)-CH 2 Cl 2 adduct (8.17 mg, 10.0 µmol), and K 2 CO 3 (69.1 mg, 0.50 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (repeat for 3 times). Then, a mixture of 1,4-Dioxane (1.5 ml) / Water (0.5 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred at 95 °C (pre-heated) for 1.5 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-70% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (27 mg, 0.042 mmol, 42.3 % yield) and ethyl 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (27 mg, 0.042 mmol, 42.3 % yield), total 54 mg.STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA (214)

[0263] To a solution of ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (27 mg, 0.042 mmol) and ethyl 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (27 mg, 0.042 mmol) in THF (1 ml) / MeOH (0.3 ml) was added LiOH(aq) (1.5 N, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 2 h. After cooling to rt, 1N HCl (aq) was added until the pH of aqueous layer is ca. 4. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in DMF, filtered through a filter, and submitted for purification to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA (0.9 mg, 1.242 µmol, 2.94 % yield) 214 ( powder weight: 0.9 mg, tR= 5.30 min, final QC) and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA (not collected) (for 214) 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.15 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.52 (dd, J = 9.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 2H), 7.34 (ddd, J = 8.5, 5.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J = 11.0, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.15 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.14 - 1.01 (m, 1H), 0.37 - 0.14 (m, 4H); MS (M+H) +< = 611.Example 56

[0264] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 215 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 216.

[0265] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 215 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 216. MS (M+H) +< = 626.Example 57

[0266] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 217 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 218.

[0267] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 217 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 218. MS (M+H) +< = 611.Example 58

[0268] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 219 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 220.

[0269] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 219 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 220. MS (M+H) +< = 626.Example 59

[0270] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 221 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 222.

[0271] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 221 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 222. MS (M+H) +< = 627.Example 60

[0272] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 223 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 224.

[0273] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 223 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 224. MS (M+H) +< = 627.Example 61

[0274] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 225 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 226.

[0275] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 225 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 226. MS (M+H) +< = 627.Example 62

[0276] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 227 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 228.

[0277] According to similar procedures described above for 212, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 227 and 2-(3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 228. MS (M+H) +< = 627; (for 227, HCl salt). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.13 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.67 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 7.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (s, 2H), 7.50 (ddd, J = 8.5, 4.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J = 11.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J = 11.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dt, J = 3.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.15 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.19 - 1.03 (m, 1H), 0.39 - 0.28 (m, 2H), 0.24 - 0.14 (m, 2H).Example 63

[0278] This example describes the synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 229.

[0279] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (287 mg, 0.45 mmol) (2 regio-isomers), PdCl 2 (dppf)-CH 2 Cl 2 adduct (55.1 mg, 0.068 mmol), and K 2 CO 3 (466 mg, 3.38 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (repeat for 3 times). Then, a solution of 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (252 mg, 1.125 mmol) in 1,4-Dioxane (4.5 ml) and Water (1.5 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C (pre-heated) for 1.5 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (5 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 25-35% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give desired product. The product has light brown color and can be re-crystallized from CH 2 Cl 2 / hexane system. Dissolved the product in CH 2 Cl 2 (5 mL) and then added hexane (ca. 10 mL). Then slowly removed solvent by air blow to ca. 1 / 4 amount of solvent and then added hexane (15 mL). The solid was filtered and triturated with hexane (3 mL x 3) and then dried to give ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate 229 (276 mg, 0.422 mmol, 94 % yield) as a off-white solid. 241 mg + 35 mg, total 276 mg (2 crops). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.81 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J = 7.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (ddd, J = 8.5, 4.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.15 - 7.04 (m, 3H), 7.00 (dd, J = 11.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dt, J = 3.7, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.40 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.49 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.19 - 1.06 (m, 1H), 0.49 - 0.38 (m, 2H), 0.28 (dt, J = 6.1, 4.7 Hz, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 655.Example 64

[0280] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 230. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0281] In a microwave tube was placed ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (31.9 mg, 0.05 mmol) (2 regio-isomers), PdCl 2 (dppf)-CH 2 Cl 2 adduct (8.17 mg, 10.0 µmol), and K 2 CO 3 (51.8 mg, 0.375 mmol). The air was removed and re-filled with N 2 (repeat for 3 times). Then, a solution of 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (26.0 mg, 0.125 mmol) in 1,4-Dioxane (1 ml) and Water (0.5 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C (pre-heated) for 1.5 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of solvent, the product was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-40% EtOAc / hexane as the eluent to give ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (30 mg, 0.047 mmol, 94 % yield). MS (M+H) +< = 639.STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (230)

[0282] To a solution of ethyl 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (30 mg, 0.047 mmol) in THF (1 ml) / MeOH (0.3 ml) was added LiOH(aq) (1.5 N, 0.4 mL, 0.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 1 h. After cooling to rt, 1N HCl (aq) was added until the pH of aqueous layer is ca. 3-4. The mixture was poured into EtOAc / H 2 O (5 mL / 5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (5 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered. After removal of solvent, the product was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) and then added hexane (40 mL). The resulted solid was filtered and triturated with hexane (3 mL x 3) and then dried under house vacum at 50 oC for overnight to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 230 (22 mg, 0.036 mmol, 77 % yield). 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.10 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 7.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (s, 2H), 7.54 (ddd, J = 8.6, 4.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J = 11.2, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 11.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (t, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (dt, J = 3.1, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.15 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.17 - 1.06 (m, 1H), 0.38 - 0.28 (m, 2H), 0.24 - 0.14 (m, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 611.Example 65

[0283] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 231.

[0284] According to similar procedures described above for 230, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 231. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.13 (s, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J = 7.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.70 - 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.54 (s, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J = 11.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 11.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 3.19 - 3.14 (m, 2H), 2.49 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.18 - 1.05 (m, 1H), 0.39 - 0.29 (m, 2H), 0.24 - 0.15 (m, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 628.Example 66

[0285] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(2-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 232.

[0286] According to similar procedures described above for 230, the title compounds were prepared to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(2-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 232. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.13 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 7.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.39 (dd, J = 10.8, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 11.3 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.16 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 1.18 - 1.01 (m, 1H), 0.37 - 0.27 (m, 2H), 0.21 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 628.Example 67

[0287] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 233.

[0288] According to similar procedures described above for 230, the title compounds were prepared to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 233. 1< H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.09 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 7.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J = 9.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 - 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.49 - 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.42 (s, 2H), 7.34 (dd, J = 11.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 - 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.81 (dt, J = 3.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 3.16 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.17 - 1.02 (m, 1H), 0.35 - 0.27 (m, 2H), 0.22 - 0.14 (m, 2H); MS (M+H) +< = 627.Example 68

[0289] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 234.

[0290] According to similar procedures described above for 230, the title compounds were prepared and the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC chromatography to give 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 234 . MS (M+H) +< = 613.Example 692-(5-hydroxy-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 451:

[0291] STEP 1. Synthesis of ethyl 3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3-oxopropanoate.

[0292] Lithium hexamethyldisiloxane (LHMDS) (1 M in hexane, 7.8 mL, 7.8 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (5 mL) and cooled down at -78°C. Ethyl acetate (760 µL, 7.8 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at -78 °C. 1-Napthoyl chloride (1 mL, 5.2 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (5 mL) and was cooled down at -78°C. To this solution, the ethyl acetate / LHMDS solution was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature over 2h. Reaction was quenched with ammonium chloride, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL) and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane ethyl / acetate = 5% isocratic) to give ethyl 3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3-oxopropanoate (300 mg, 24%).STEP 2. Synthesis of ethyl 3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3-oxo-2-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)propanoate.

[0293] Ethyl 3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3-oxopropanoate (300 mg, 1.24 mmol) was dissolve in dry 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and sodium hydride (70 mg, 1.74 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (372 mg, 1.48 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / methanol, 0-60% gradient) to give ethyl 3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3-oxo-2-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)propanoate (380 mg, 75%).STEP 3. Synthesis of ethyl 2-(5-hydroxy-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0294] Ethyl 3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-3-oxo-2-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)propanoate (260 mg, 0.63 mmol), tert-butyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate (137 mg, 0.63 mmol), p-toluene sulfonic acid (120 mg, 0.63 mmol) and ethanol (6 mL) were placed in microwave vial and irradiated at 110 °C for 3h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), brine (50 mL) and cried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, DCM / methanol, 0-10% gradient) to give ethyl 2-(5-hydroxy-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (210 mg, 60%).STEP 4. 2-(5-hydroxy-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 451

[0295] Ethyl 2-(5-hydroxy-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (50 mg, 0.096 mmol) was dissolved in THF / MeOH (1mL:1mL) and LiOH (5 M, 500 µL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized by addition of hydrochloric acid (1.2 M), diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water (10 mL) and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated down using rotary evaporator and dissolved in a mixture of DMSO and MEOH and purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 20% to 85% CH 3 CN for 4 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 451 (76%). 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, 2H, J = 1.6 Hz), 8.00 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.86 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz) 7.63-7.51 (m, 6H), 7.12 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 3.69 (s, 2H); MS (ES) 506.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.88 min.Example 702-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-hydroxy-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 452

[0296]

[0297] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 451, the title compounds were prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-hydroxy-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 452 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, 2H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 4H), 3.99 (s, 2H); MS (ES) 492.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.88 min.Example 712-(5-hydroxy-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 453

[0298]

[0299] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 451, the title compounds were prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-hydroxy-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 453 . MS (ES) 457.9 (M+H)+ LCMS RT = 0.30 min.Example 722-(3-(6-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)-5-hydroxy-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 454

[0300]

[0301] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 451, the title compounds were prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(6-fluoronaphthalen-1-yl)-5-hydroxy-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 454. 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.20 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.70-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H, J = 8Hz), 3.69 (s, 2H); MS (ES) 524.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.94 min.Example 732-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-methoxy-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 455

[0302]

[0303] 2-(3-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-5-hydroxy-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 452 (20 mg, 0.038 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (300 µL). Anhydrous potassium carbonate (16 mg, 0.114 mmol) and methyl iodide (3 µL, 0.05 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL) and washed with water (3x 1 mL). The organic layers were concentrated by rotary evaporator and THF (500 µL) and sodium hydroxide (5 N, 200 µL) were added. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was neutralized with hydrochloric acid (0.1 M) and the residue was purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 20% to 95% CH 3 CN for 4 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 455 (85%). 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.54-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.36 (m, 3H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.49 (s, 3H); MS (ES) 506.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.89 min.Example 742-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 459

[0304] STEP 1. Synthesis of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanal.

[0305] 3-Methoxyphenyl acetophenone (3 g, 0.17 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (25 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Sodium hydride (930 mg, 0.23 mol) and ethyl formate (4.3 mL, 0.53 mol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, quenched with sodium hydroxide (2 N), and washed with diethyl ether. The water layers were acidified with hydrochloric acid (2 N) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The organic layers were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated down with rotary evaporator to give 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanal (quantitative yield) which was sufficiently pure to be used in subsequent reaction.STEP 2. Synthesis of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole

[0306] To a stirred solution of 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanal in ethanol, hydrazine (1 mL, 0.3 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 3h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to half of its original volume, water (50 mL) and sodium hydroxide (1 M, 100 mL) were added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The organic layers were filtered off and concentrated by rotary evaporator to give a yellow liquid (3 g, 92%). The product was sufficiently pure for the subsequent reaction.STEP 3. Synthesis of 4-bromo-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole.

[0307] 3-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole (3 g, 0.017 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (30 mL) and cooled to 0°C. NBS (3.20 g, 0.018 mol) was added in three portions and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate (1:1, 300 mL) and organic layer was separated, washed with brine (2 x 100 mL) and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvents were removed by rotary evaporator and purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-50% gradient) to give 4-bromo-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole (3 g, 70%).STEP 4. Synthesis of ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0308] 4-Bromo-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole (3 g, 0.012 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (15 mL) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (2.46 g, 0.018 mol) and ethyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (2.8 g, 0.012) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 6 h. After cooling down, the reaction mixture was poured into water and the precipitate was filtered off to give ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (3.54 g, 73%).STEP 4A. Synthesis of ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid.

[0309] Ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (3 g, 0.008 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (20 mL). Boron tribromide (1 M in DCM, 9.5 mL, 0.0096 mol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The precipitate was filtered off and washed with DCM to give ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (2 g, 60 %). STEP 4B. Synthesis of isopropyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0310] Ethyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF. Potassium carbonate (2.1 g, 15 mmol) and isopropyl bromide (1.4 mL, 10 mmol) were added and the reaction was irradiated at 130 °C for 40 min in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL) and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvents were removed by rotary evaporator and purified by purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-20% gradient) to give isopropyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (520 mg, 84%).STEP 5. Synthesis of isopropyl 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0311] Isopropyl 2-(4-bromo-3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (520 mg, 1.15 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF ( 5 mL) and potassium acetate (340 mg, 3.46 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) (0.9 mg, 0.0011 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diborane (408 mg, 1.61 mmol) were added. The vial was purged with argon for 5 min. The reaction was heated at 100 °C for 2h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a plug of celite. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator and purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-40% gradient) to give a mixture of isopropyl 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate and isopropyl 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.STEP 6. Synthesis of isopropyl 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0312] A mixture of isopropyl 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate and 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (500 mg, 1 mmol), potassium carbonate (414 mg, 3 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (1.2 mg, 0.001 mmol), and 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (275 mg, 1.1 mmol) were added to a microwave vial, followed by THF (8 mL) and water (3 mL). The vial was sealed and heated at 100 °C for 1h. The reaction mixture was cooled, poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 20 mL) and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvents were removed by rotary evaporator and purified by purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-70% gradient) to give the title compound (150 mg, 27%).STEP 7. Synthesis of 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 459

[0313] Isopropyl 2-(3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (50 mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in THF / MeOH (1 mL : 1 mL) and LiOH (5 M, 500 µL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized by addition of hydrochloric acid (1.2 M), diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water (10 mL), and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated using a rotary evaporator, dissolved in a mixture of DMSO and MEOH, and purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 45% to 85% CH 3 CN for 7 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 459 (34 mg, 76%). 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.24 (m, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.44 (d, 2H, J = 8Hz), 7.39-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.22 (d, 1H, J = 8Hz), 7.09 (d, 1H, J = 4 Hz), 6.99-6.96 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 1.27 (d, 6H, J = 8 Hz); MS (ES) 499.0 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.07 min.Example 752-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 460

[0314]

[0315] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 460 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.55 (m, 2H), 8.25 (d, 2H, J = 4 Hz), 7.77 (d, 2H, J = 4 Hz), 7.55-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.22 (d, 1H, J = 8Hz), 7.09 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.99-6.96 (m, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 1.91-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.58 (m, 4H), 1.23 (m, 2H); MS (ES) 525.0 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.15 min.Example 762-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3-((tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 461

[0316]

[0317] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3-((tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 461 MS (ES) 540.7 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.13 min.Example 772-(3-(3-((3-methoxybenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 462

[0318]

[0319] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-((3-methoxybenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 462 MS (ES) 576.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.02 min.Example 782-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3-((tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 463.

[0320]

[0321] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3-((tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 463. MS (ES) 540.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.76 min.Example 792-(3-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 464

[0322]

[0323] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 464 MS (ES) 532.9(M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.98 min.Example 802-(3-(3-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 465

[0324]

[0325] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-(pyridin-3-ylmethoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 465 MS (ES) 548.0 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.68 min.Example 812-(3-(3-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 466

[0326]

[0327] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-(pyridin-2-ylmethoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid, TFA 466 MS (ES) 547.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.68 min.Example 822-(5-(naphthalen-2-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 474

[0328]

[0329] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(naphthalen-2-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 474 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.24(s, 1H), 8.13(s, 1H), 7.91-8.03(m, 4H), 7.80(d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.58(m, 3H), 7.32(s, 2H), 4.25(s, 2H); MS (ES) 491 (M+H) +< LCMS RT 1.04 min.Example 832-(5-(pyridin-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 475

[0330]

[0331] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(pyridin-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 475 MS (ES) 442 (M+H) +< LCMS RT 0.64 min.Example 842-(3-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 476.

[0332]

[0333] Using procedures analogous to that described for the preparation of 459, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 476. 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.27(d, J= 9.24 Hz, 2H), 7.76-7.78(m, 4H), 7.29-7.46(m, 8H), 4.2(s, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H); MS (ES) 549 (M+H) +< LCMS RT 1.27 min.Example 852-(3-(6-fluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 456

[0334]

[0335] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 459, Step 1-2, 3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole was prepared.

[0336] Step 2A: 3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole (100 mg, 0.415 mmol), 3-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (95 mg, 0.622 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (678 mg, 4.977 mmol), and a 2:1 mixture of dioxane / H 2 O (8.0 mL) were combined in a microwave vial and then degassed and purged with argon (3x). Pd(dppf)Cl 2 was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 120 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, NaOH (8 mL, 1M) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were then washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, dichloromethane / methanol, 0-10% gradient) to give 3-[4-fluoro-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)phenyl]-1H-pyrazole (419 mg, 94%). 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 7.69 (1H, d, J = 2.2 Hz), 7.71 (1H, m), 7.63 (1H, d, J = 2.2 Hz), 7.37 (1H, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.21-7.09 (3H, m), 6.78 (1H, dd, J = 8.2, 2.3 Hz), 6.61 (1H, d, J = 2.3 Hz), 3.84 (3H, s). MS (M+H) +< = 270.1.

[0337] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 459, Steps 3-7, the title compound was prepared was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(6-fluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 456 MS (ES) 565.0 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.08 min.Example 862-(3-(3'-chloro-6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 457

[0338]

[0339] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 456, the title compound was prepared was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-chloro-6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 457 MS (ES) 568.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.16 min.Example 872-(3-(3',6-difluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 458

[0340]

[0341] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 456, the title compound was prepared was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3',6-difluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 458 MS (ES) 552.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.12 min.Example 882-(3-(4-methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 486 .

[0342]

[0343] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 459, Steps 1-6, 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid was prepared.

[0344] Modified Step 7: A flame dried flask was charged with bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium (5.1 mg, 10 mol%), cesium carbonate (1 mL, 1 M solution), pyridin-3-ylboronic acid (25 mg, 0.2 mmol), 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (51 mg, 0.1 mmol), and THF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was microwave irradiated at 120 °C for 20 min and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. The residue was filtered through celite pad with MeOH, then solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. The residue was purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 25% to 85% CH 3 CN for 4 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 486 (32 mg, 60%). 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J = 7.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H); MS (ES) 532.7 (M+H) +< , LCMS RT = 0.82 min.Example 892-(3-(3'-amino-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 487

[0345]

[0346] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-amino-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 487 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (dd, J = 7.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H); MS (ES) 546.7 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.87 min.Example 902-(3-(3'-ethyl-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 488

[0347]

[0348] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-ethyl-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 488 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 2.73 (q, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 3H); MS (ES) 559.4 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.28 min.Example 912-(3-(3',5'-difluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 489

[0349]

[0350] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3',5'-difluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 489; MS (ES) 569.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.24 min.Example 922-(3-(4-methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 490

[0351]

[0352] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(4-methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 490; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.80 (br s, 2H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.76 (m, 5H), 7.49 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H); MS (ES) 533.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.83 min.Example 932-(3-(6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 491

[0353]

[0354] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 491 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 2.30 (s, H); MS (ES) 531.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 942-(3-(3',4'-difluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 492

[0355]

[0356] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3',4'-difluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 492 MS (ES) 567.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.20 min.Example 952-(3-(4'-fluoro-3',6-dimethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 493

[0357]

[0358] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(4'-fluoro-3',6-dimethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 493 MS (ES) 563.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.25 min.Example 962-(3-(3'-fluoro-4'-methoxy-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 494

[0359]

[0360] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-fluoro-4'-methoxy-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 494 MS (ES) 579.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 972-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3',5',6-trimethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 495

[0361]

[0362] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3',5',6-trimethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 495 MS (ES) 559.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.29 min.Example 982-(3-(3'-cyano-4',6-dimethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 496

[0363]

[0364] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-fluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 496 MS (ES) 549.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 992-(3-(3'-fluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 497

[0365]

[0366] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-fluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 497 MS (ES) 549.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 1002-(3-(4'-fluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 498 (Compound VV)

[0367]

[0368] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 486, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(4'-fluoro-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 498 MS (ES) 549.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.16 min.Example 1012-(3-(3'-ethyl-6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 513

[0369]

[0370] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 459, Steps 1-6, 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid was prepared.

[0371] Modified Step 7: To 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dioxane / water (2.5 mL, 4:1) was added 3-ethylphenyl)boronic acid (23 mg, 0.15 mmol), followed by Cs 2 CO 3 (68 mg, 0.20 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (10.0 mg, 0.01 mmol), and t-Bu 3 P (5 µL, 0.03 mmol). This solution was capped and purged with argon. The reaction mixture was heated at 95°C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled down and diluted with HCl (10 mL, 1M) and extracted with ethyl acetate ( 3x 15mL). The combined organic layers were then dried with MgSO4 and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The crude product was then purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 25% to 85% CH 3 CN for 4 min, 0.1% TFA) to give 2-(3-(3'-ethyl-6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 513 (12 mg, 21%). 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.24 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J = 9.62 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.79 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 3.63 (q, J = 7.1, 14.2 Hz, 2H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H); MS (ES) 562.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.24 min.Example 1022-(3-(3'-ethyl-6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 514

[0372]

[0373] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-ethyl-6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 514 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (M, 2H), 7.34 (m, 2H), 4.24 (s, 2H); MS (ES) 602.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.30 min.Example 1032-(3-(6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 515

[0374]

[0375] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(6-fluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 515 MS (ES) 544.0 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 1042-(3-(6-fluoro-3',4'-dimethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 516

[0376]

[0377] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(6-fluoro-3',4'-dimethyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 516 MS (ES) 562.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.23 min.Example 1052-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3',4',6-trifluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 517

[0378]

[0379] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3',4',6-trifluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 517 MS (ES) 571.0 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 1062-(3-(4',6-difluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 518

[0380]

[0381] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(4',6-difluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 518 MS (ES) 582.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.14 min.Example 1072-(3-(3'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 519

[0382]

[0383] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 519 MS (ES) 530.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.00 min.Example 1082-(3-(3',6-difluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 520

[0384]

[0385] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3',6-difluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 520 MS (ES) 566.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.22 min.Example 1092-(3-(3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 521

[0386]

[0387] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 521 MS (ES) 546.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.89 min.Example 1102-(3-(3-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 522

[0388]

[0389] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 522 MS (ES) 517.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.82 min.Example 1112-(3-(3'-amino-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 523

[0390]

[0391] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 513, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-amino-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 524 MS (ES) 532.0 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.70 min.Example 1122-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(4',6-difluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 482

[0392] STEP 1. Synthesis of 1-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-3-cyclopropylpropane-1,3-dione.

[0393] 1-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (1.5 g, 8.72 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in THF and cooled to -78 0< C. After 10 minutes of stirring, LHMDS (1 M in hexanes, 12.2 mL, 1.4 eq) was added dropwise over 20 minutes. This was allowed to stir for an additional 20 minutes then cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (1.1 mL, 12.2 mmol, 1.4 eq) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to stir for 3 h at which time it was brought to room temperature. Reaction was quenched with 1 M HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was back extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 . The reaction mixture was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-20% gradient) to give 1-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-3-cyclopropylpropane-1,3-dione (1 g, 50%). MS (ES) 241 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT 1.357 min.STEP 2. Synthesis of 4-(2-(3-chloro-4-fluorobenzoyl)-3-cyclopropyl-3-oxopropyl)benzenesulfonamide

[0394] 1-(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-3-cyclopropylpropane-1,3-dione (1 g, 4.16 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in DMSO (10 mL) and stirred. 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (1.34 g, 5.4 mmol, 1.3 eq), Cs 2 CO 3 ( 1.75 g, 5.4 mmol, 1.3 eq), and sodium iodide (624 mg, 4.16 mmol, 1 eq) were added. The reaction was stirred at 50 0< C for 1 hour. After this time, the reaction was poured into 1 M HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was back extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 . The reaction was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-80% gradient) to give 4-(2-(3-chloro-4-fluorobenzoyl)-3-cyclopropyl-3-oxopropyl)benzenesulfonamide (750 mg, 45%). MS: (ES) 410 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT 1.14 min.STEP 3. Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0395] 4-(2-(3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzoyl)-3-cyclopropyl-3-oxopropyl)benzenesulfonamide (700 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1 eq) was added to a microwave vial with ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1 eq) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (650 mg, 3.4 mmol, 2 eq). The reactants were purged with argon gas then dissolved with ethanol (4 mL). The reaction was run in the microwave reactor for 15 minutes at 100 0< C. The reaction was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate = 0-80% gradient) to give ethyl 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (300 mg).STEP 4. 2-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(4',6-difluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 482

[0396] Ethyl 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (15 mg, 0.03 mmol, ) was placed into a microwave vial along with (4-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (8 mg, 0.06 mmol, 2 eq) and the Pd(P(t-Bu) 3 ) 2 (5 mg). The reaction mixture was purged with vacuum and argon gas. Following this, Cs 2 CO 3 (1 M, 1 mL) and THF (2 mL) were added. The reaction was heated in the microwave for 15 minutes at 100 0< C. After LC / MS showed complete conversion to product along with hydrolysis of the ester, solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the reaction was purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 45% to 85% CH 3 CN for 7 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 482 (5 mg). 1< H-NMR (MeOD): δ 8.27(s, 1H) 7.85(d, J= 12 Hz, 2H),; 7.57-7.63(m, 1H), 7.5(d, J= 16 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.42(m, 4H), 7.12-7.25(m, 4H), 4.25(s, 2H), 2.32-2.41(m, 1H), 1.15 (d, J=12 Hz, 2H), 0.7(d, J= 9 Hz, 2H ); (ES) 593 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.28 min.Example 1132-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(6-fluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 483

[0397]

[0398] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 482, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(6-fluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 483 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 8.13(s, 1H), 7.85(d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.59(m, 1H), 7.35-7.39(m, 2H), 7.25-7.31(m, 4H), 7.17(t, J=18.84 Hz, 1H), 7.04(d, J=7.56 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.94(dd, J=2, 2 Hz, 1H), 6.73(s, 1H), 5.04(s, Broad, 2H), 4.17(s, 2H), 3.87(s, 3H), 2.23-2.27(m, 1H), 1.12(d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 0.73(d, J=5 Hz, 2H), MS (ES) 605 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.25 min.Example 1142-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 484

[0399]

[0400] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 482, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 484 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 8.10(s, 1H), 7.82(d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.5(dd, J 1 =2; J 2 = 2 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.45(m, 1H), 7.22-7.32(m, 7H), 7.13(t, J=19 Hz, 1H), 5.06(s, 2H), 4.14(s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.17-2.23(m, 1H), 1.07(d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 0.68(d, J=5. Hz, 2H), MS (ES) 589 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.31 min.Example 1152-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(phenylamino)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 485.

[0401]

[0402] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 482, steps 1-3, ethyl-2-[3-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-[(4-sulfamoylphenyl)methyl]-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate was prepared.

[0403] Modified Step 4: Ethyl-2-[3-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-[(4-sulfamoylphenyl)methyl]-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (80 mg, 0.139 mmol), powdered K 3 PO 4 (56.6 mg, 0.267 mmol), aniline (18 µL, 0.199 mmol), and dimethylacetamide (1.3 mL) were combined in a vial. The mixture was then degassed and purged with argon (x3) after which Pd(P(tBu) 3 ) 2 was added. The vial was then sealed, and the mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (40 mL), washed with H 2 O (2 x 10 mL), followed by brine (2 x 10 mL). The organic layer was then dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated by rotary evaporator. The reaction was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-80% gradient) to give the title compound 485 (43 mg, 53%). 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 7.96 (1H, s), 7.72 (2H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.23-7.18 (6H, m), 7.02-6.99 (4H, m), 6.88 (1H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 4.02 (2H, s), 3.10 (2H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.01 (1H, m), 0.33 (2H, dd, J = 13.8, 5.8 Hz), 0.14 (2H, dd, J = 10.2, 5.0 Hz); MS(ES) 585.7 (M+H) +< .Example 116

[0404] 2-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(4-methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoyl-benzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 499

[0405] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 482, Steps 1-3, 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate was prepared.

[0406] Modified Step 4: A flame dried flask was charged with Bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium (5.1 mg, 10 mol %), cesium carbonate (1 mL, 1 M solution), pyridin-3-ylboronic acid (22 mg, 0.2 mmol), ethyl 2-(3-(3-chloro-4-methylphenyl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (50 mg, 0.1 mmol), and THF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was microwave irradiated at 120°C for 20 min and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. The residue was filtered through a celite pad with MeOH then solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. The residue was purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 35% to 85% CH 3 CN for 4 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 499 (15 mg. 30%). 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.86 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 7.27 (s, 1H.), 4.25 (s, 2H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.10 (dt, J = 8.4, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 0.69 (dt, J = 5.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 572.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.87 min.Example 1172-(3-(3'-amino-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 500

[0407]

[0408] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 499, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3'-amino-6-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 500: 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 3H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 2.41-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.08 (dt, J = 8.4, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 0.67 (dt, J = 5.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 586.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.92 min.Example 1182-(3-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 501

[0409]

[0410] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 482, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)-5-cyclopropyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 501: MS (ES) 549.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.16 min.Example 1192-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 502

[0411]

[0412] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 482, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-cyclopropyl-3-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 502: 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 2.37-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.03 (dt, J = 8.4, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 0.62 (dt, J = 5.6, 4.8 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 573.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.94 min.Example 1202-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 467

[0413] STEP 1. Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)ethan-1-one

[0414] 3-Hydroxy-4-methyl acetophenone (1 g, 0.0066 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF and potassium carbonate (7.35 g, 0.053 mol) and cyclopentyl bromide (2.8 mL, 0.026 mol) were added and the reaction was irradiated at 140°C for 40 min. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL) and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvents were removed by rotary evaporator and purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-50% gradient) to give 1-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)ethan-1-one (1.20 g, 83%).STEP 2. Synthesis of 1-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-4-cyclopropylbutane-1,3-dione

[0415] To a solution of the (1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-yl) derivative (1.20 g, 0.0055 mol) in DCM (30 mL) was added magnesium bromide diethyletherate (3.55 g, 0.013 mol) followed by 1-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)ethan-1-one (1.44 g, 0.007 mol) and DIPEA (2.88 mL, 0.016 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath, quenched with HCl (1 M), and extracted with DCM. The DCM layer was washed with HCl (1 M), water, and brine. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-20% gradient) to give 1-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-4-cyclopropylbutane-1,3-dione (0.7 g, 42%).STEP 3. Synthesis of 4-(2-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylbenzoyl)-4-cyclopropyl-3-oxobutyl)-benzenesulfonamide.

[0416] 1-(3-(Cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-4-cyclopropylbutane-1,3-dione (0.7 g, 0.0023 mol) and cesium carbonate (0.9 g, 0.0028 mol) in DMSO (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 5 minutes then KI (0.42 g, 0.0025 mol) and 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (0.63 g, 0.0025 mol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 5 min. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was poured into HCl (1 M) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated ammonium chloride and brine. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate = 0-50% gradient) to give 4-(2-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylbenzoyl)-4-cyclopropyl-3-oxobutyl)-benzenesulfonamide (0.82 g, 76%).STEP 4. Ethyl 2-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate.

[0417] A mixture containing 4-(2-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylbenzoyl)-4-cyclopropyl-3-oxobutyl)benzene-sulfonamide (082 g, 0.0017 mol), p-toluene sulfonic acid (0.16 g, 0.0009 mol), pyrrolidine (71 µL, 0.0009 mol), and ethanol ( 7 mL) was heated at 90 °C for 1h. Ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate (0.41 g, 0.0022 mol) was added and the reaction was heated until completion. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine. The organic layers were dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-80% gradient) to give ethyl 2-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate as a mixture of regioisomers (0.99 g, 93%).STEP 5. 2-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 467.

[0418] Ethyl 2-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4-methylphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (110 mg, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in THF / MeOH (2 mL : 2 mL) and LiOH (5 M, 500 µL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized by addition of hydrochloric acid (1.2 M), diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), washed with water (10 mL), and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated using a rotary evaporator, dissolved in a mixture of DMSO and MeOH, and purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 55% to 90% CH 3 CN for 4 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 467 (35 mg, 33%). 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.12-7.07 (m, 5H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J = 8Hz), 6.87 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.63 (s, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 1.40-1.29 (m, 8H), 0.91 (m, 1H), 0.11 (m, 2H), 0.014 (m, 2H) ; MS (ES) 593.4 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.81 min.Example 1212-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 469

[0419]

[0420] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 469; 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.35 (s, 2H), 7.05-6.82 (m, 5H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 3.87-3.43 (m, 6H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 1.75-159 (m, 3H), 1.38 (m, 1H), 0.90 (m,1H), 0.013 (m, 2H) 0.010 (m, 2H); MS (ES) 630.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.10 min.Example 1222-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 470

[0421]

[0422] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 470 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.35 (s, 2H), 7.04-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.91 (m, 3H), 6.84-6.82 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.52-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.40-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.20(m, 1H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 1.77(m, 1H), 1.39 (m, 1H), 0.91 (m,1H), 0.013 (m, 2H) 0.010 (m, 2H); MS (ES) 552.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.12 min.Example 1232-(3-(3-cyclopropoxy-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 471

[0423]

[0424] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-cyclopropoxy-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 471 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.37 (s, 2H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.05-6.85 (m, 5H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 0.91 (m,1H), 0.013 (m, 2H) 0.010 (m, 2H); MS (ES) 586.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.12 min.Example 1242-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 472

[0425] STEP 1: 1-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)ethan-1-one.

[0426] In a 20 mL microwave vial, 3-bromo-4-fluro-acetophenone (1 g, 0.0046 mol), 4-methylphenyl boronic acid (0.75 g, 0.0055 mol), potassium carbonate (1.27 g, 0.009 mol), bis-(di-t-butylphosphinoferrocane)dichloropalladium(II) (150 mg, 5 % mol), DMSO (12 mL), and water (4 mL) were added and the vial was purged with argon for 5 min. The vial was irradiated at 150 °C for 15 min. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried with magnesium sulfate. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-20% gradient) to give 1-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)ethan-1-one (1 g, 90%).

[0427] Using procedures analogous to the procedures described to prepare 467, Steps 2-5, the title compound was prepared from 1-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)ethan-1-one: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(6-fluoro-4'-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 472; 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.35 (m, 11H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.15 (m, 1H), 0.033 (m, 2H) 0.021 (m, 2H); MS (ES) 621.4 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 0.79 min.Example 1252-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 473

[0428] STEP 1 : 1-(4-fluoro-3-((5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethan-1-one.

[0429] A solution of di-t-butyl diazocarboxylate (480 mg, 2 mmol) in THF (11 mL) was cooled to 0°C and triphenyl phosphine (553 mg, 2 mmol) was added. (5-(Trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methanol (350 mg, 2 mmol) and 3-hydroxy-4-fluoroacetophenone (250 mg, 1.6 mmol) were sequentially added and the cooling was removed. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min, concentrated by rotary evaporator and purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-30% gradient) to give 1-(4-fluoro-3-((5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethan-1-one (0.66 g, 95%).

[0430] Using procedures analogous to the procedures described to prepare 467, Steps 2-5, the title compound 473 was prepared from 1-(4-fluoro-3-((5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethan-1-one; MS (ES) 694.9 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.20 min.Example 1262-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)phenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 477

[0431]

[0432] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-(cyclopentyloxy)phenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 477 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 8.10(s, 1H(, 7.84(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.31(m, 4H), 7.02-7.07(m, 2H), 6.88(dd, J=1.76, 1.8 Hz, 1H) 4.97(s, 2H), 4.11(s, 2H), 3.15(d, J=6.64 Hz, 2H), 1.58-1.79(m, 9H), 1.12-1.16(m, 1H), 0.43(d, J=8Hz, 2H), 0.21(d, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), MS (ES) 579 (M+H) +< LCMS RT 1.15 min.Example 1272-(3-(3-(benzyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 480

[0433]

[0434] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(3-(3-(benzyloxy)-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 480 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 8.11(s, 1H), 7.84(d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.38(m, 8H), 7.15(d, J= 7.4 Hz, 1H) 7.08(d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 5.01(s, 2H), 4.95(s, 3H), 4.02(s, 2H), 3.16(d, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.11-1.15(m, 1H), 0.42(d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 0.21(d, J=5.24 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 619 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.28 min.Example 1282-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 481

[0435]

[0436] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-3-(3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 481: 1< NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 8.11(s, 1H), 7.8(d, J= 8Hz, 2H), 7.6(d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.40(m, 5H), 7.01-7.06(m, 3H), 5.04(s, 2H), 4.08(s, 2H), 3.16(d, J= 6 Hz, 2H), 1.09-1.15(m, 1H) 0.42(d, J= 8. Hz, 2H), 0.21 (d, J=5 Hz, 2H), MS (ES) 655 (M+H) +< LCMS RT = 1.38 min.Example 1292-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 503

[0437]

[0438] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 503; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.20 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.02-6.97 (m, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.22 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.12-1.06 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.33 (m, 2H), 0.21 (dt, J = 6.0, 5.2 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 587.7 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.00 min.Example 1302-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 504

[0439]

[0440] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 504; MS (ES) 552.6 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.98 min.Example 1312-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((4-fluorobenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 527

[0441]

[0442] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((4-fluorobenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 527; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.107 (m, 3H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.25 (d, J = 6.83 Hz, 2H), 1.12 (m, 1H), 0.38 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 0.23 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 636.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.12 min.Example 1322-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((3-fluorobenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 528

[0443]

[0444] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-((3-fluorobenzyl)oxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 528 ; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 3H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m, 3H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.25 (d, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.11 (m, 1H), 0.39 (d, J = 7.8 Hz), 0.23 (d, J = 4.6 Hz); MS (ES) 655.0 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.19 min.Example 1334-((3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(3',5-difluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1-(4-((oxo-13-methyl)-l3-oxidanyl)thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide 525

[0445]

[0446] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 482, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 4-((3-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5-(3',5-difluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1-(4-((oxo-13-methyl)-13-oxidanyl)thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)benzenesulfonamide 525: 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 4H) 7.06 (m, 4H), 3.93 (s, 2H) 2.53 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.05 (m, 1H), 0.55 (m, 2H), 0.22 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 607.0 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 0.95 min.Example 1342-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 507

[0447] Step 1: 1-(3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)ethan-1-one:

[0448] A mixture of 1-(3-hydroxyphenyl) ethan-1-one (1.0 g, 7.34 mmol), (4-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (2.06 g, 14.7 mmol), Cu(OAc) 2 (2.67 g, 14.7 mmol), and pyridine (1.18 mL, 14.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 48 h then quenched with water (25 mL), extracted with dichloromethane, and dried over MgSO 4 . The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash Rf, hexane / ethyl acetate, 0-40% gradient) to give the title compound (0.56 g, 30%). 1< H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ (ppm) 7.67 (dt, J = 7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dq, J = 8.0, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08-6.97 (m, 4H), 2.58 (s, 3H).

[0449] Step 2: Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 467, Steps 2-5, the title compound was prepared from 1-(3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)ethan-1-one and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 507 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ (ppm) 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.84 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 2.46 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.00-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.44 (ddd, J = 8.4, 6.0, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 0.13 (dd, J = 10.0, 4.4 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 605.2 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.20 min.Example 1352-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 508

[0450]

[0451] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 507, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-phenoxyphenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 508; 1< H-NMR (d 6< -DMSO) δ 7.63 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.33 (m, 4H), 7.23 (s, 2H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.12 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 0.87-0.80 (m, 1H), 0.30 (ddd, J = 10.0, 6.0, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 0.13 (dd, J = 10.0, 5.2 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 605.2 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 1362-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(3-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 509

[0452]

[0453] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 507, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(3-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 509; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.72 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (dt, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dt, J = 10.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.24 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.13-1.05 (m, 1H), 0.44 (ddd, J = 8.0, 5.6, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 0.22 (dd, J = 10.4, 5.2 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 640.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.19 min.Example 1372-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(p-tolyloxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 510

[0454]

[0455] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 507, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(p-tolyloxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 510; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.70 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J = 10.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 17.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.22 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.11-1.04 (m, 1H), 0.37 (ddd, J = 8.0, 6.0, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 0.21 (dd, J = 10.4, 5.2 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 636.9 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.12 min.Example 1382-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 511

[0456]

[0457] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 507, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 511; 1< H-NMR (MeOD): δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J = 8.8, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J = 2.2, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 8.5, 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.98-6.89 (m, 4H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.23 (d, J = 7.05 Hz, 2H), 1.13-1.04 (m, 1H), 0.40-0.35 (m, 2H), 0.23-0.19 (m, 2H); MS (ES) 641.0 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.18 min.Example 1392-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 512

[0458]

[0459] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 507, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-4-(3-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 512 ; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.67 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J = 2.1, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J = 8.5, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.03-6.96 (m, 4H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.27 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 1H), 0.42-0.38 (m, 2H), 0.26-0.23 (m, 2H); MS (ES) 691.0 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.24 min.Example 1402-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(3-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 526

[0460]

[0461] Using procedures analogous to those described in the preparation of 507, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3-(3-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 526; 1< H-NMR (MeOD) δ 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (m, 1H) 8.87 (m, 2H), 6.70 (m, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.25 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 0.32 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 0.12 (d, J = 4.39 Hz, 2H); MS (ES) 605.2 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.21 min.Example 1412-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3'-fluoro-5-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 505

[0462]

[0463] Using procedures similar to the procedures described to prepare 467, Steps 1-3, ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromo-5-methylphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate was prepared.STEP 4. 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(3'-fluoro-5-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid

[0464] A flame dried flask was charged with bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium (4.0 mg, 10 mol%), cesium carbonate (0.5 mL, 1 M solution), (3-fluorophenyl)boronic acid (23 mg, 0.162 mmol), pyrazole regioisomer (50 mg, 0.081 mmol), and THF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was microwave irradiated at 120 °C for 20 min and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. After saponification and neutralization, the residue was purified by HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini C18, H 2 O / CH 3 CN gradient from 40% to 90% CH 3 CN for 4 min, 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound 505 (10 mg, 21%). MS (ES) 603.7 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.26 min.Example 1422-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4'-fluoro-5-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 506

[0465]

[0466] Using procedures similar to the procedures described to prepare 505, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4'-fluoro-5-methyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 506 ; MS (ES) 603.4 (M+H) +< ; LCMS RT = 1.26 min.Example 1432-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(5-fluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 478

[0467]

[0468] Using procedures similar to the procedures described to prepare 505, the title compound 478 was prepared and purified by HPLC; 1< NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ 8.10 (s, 1H) 7.86 (d, J=8.32 Hz, 2H,) 7.23-7.29 (m, 7H), 7.00 (d, J=7.12 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J= 1.88 1.88 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (t, J=3.92 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 4.11(s, 2H), ), 3.87(s, 3H), 3.21(d, J=6.64 Hz, 2H) 1.17-1.25(m, 1H) 0.47(d, J=7.28 Hz, 2H), 0.24(d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), MS: (ES) 619 (M+H) +< LCMS RT 1.32 min.Example 1442-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(4',5-difluoro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 479

[0469]

[0470] Using procedures similar to the procedures described to prepare 505, the title compound was prepared and purified by HPLC: 2-(5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-(5-fluoro-3'-methoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid 479; MS (ES) 607 (M+H) +< LCMS RT 1.35 min.Example 145

[0471] STEP 1: General Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-(3-substituted-4-substitutedphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-substituted-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0472] Method A - Dioxane (2 mL) and water (0.5 mL) were added to a mixture of ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromo-4-substitutedphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-substituted-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carbox-ylate (0.2 mmol, 1 eq), potassium phosphate (0.4 mmol, 2 eq), S-PHOS (5 mol%), SPhos Palladacycle G3 (2.5 mol%) and appropriate boronic acid / ester or potassium trifluoroborate in a sealed microwave vial. The reaction mixture was bubbled with argon for few minutes then stirred at 100 °C in a preheated heating block for 1-6 h. Upon completion of the reaction as detected by LCMS, the reaction mixture was cooled and stirred with a metal scavenger for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was concetrated and purified directly on silica using gradient elution (20-40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes).

[0473] Method B - A mixture of ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromo-4-substituted phenyl)-5-(substituted)-4-(3 / 4-fluoro-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (1 mmol), tri(tert-butylphosphonium)tetrafluoroborate (10 mol %), allylpalladium chloride dimer (5 mol %) and DABCO (2 mmol, 2 eq) in dioxane (0.5 molar concentration) was bubbled with argon for 5 minutes. The appropriate alkyne (1.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After completion of the reaction, silica bound palladium scavenger was added and the slurry was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, subsequently diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (20-40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes) yielding the desired compound which was taken to the next step.STEP 2: 2-(3-(3-substituted-4-substitutedphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-substituted-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid

[0474] The titled compound was synthesized and purified in a similar manner as described in Example 18.Example 146

[0475] STEP 1: General Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-(3-substituted-4-substitutedphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-substituted-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxy- late using Negishi coupling

[0476] A mixture of ethyl 2-(3-(3-bromo-4-substitutedphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-substituted-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carbox-ylate ( 1 eq) (0.1 g, 0.157 mmol), CPhos (5 mol %), CPhos Pdcycle G3 (Sigma cat # 763004, 2.5 mol %) in a Biotage microwave vial was backfilled with argon then added a THF solution of appropriate alkyl / cycloalkyl zinc halide (3-5 eq) under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature or at 60 °C for 0.5- 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with 1 molar HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with bicarbonate and brine subsequently dried under magnesium sulfate. The crude material was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (10-40 % EA in hexanes over 20 column volumes).STEP 2: General Synthesis of ethyl 2-(3-(3-substituted-4-substitutedphenyl)-5-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4-(3-substituted-4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids

[0477] The titled compound was synthesized and purified in a similar manner as described in Example 18.Example 147

[0478] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(hydroxy)-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoates

[0479] Ethyl acetate (102 mmol) was added dropwise to a cooled solution of lithium stirred for 30 minutes at which time the appropriate benzoyl chloride (56.6 mmol) was added after which the reaction was allowed to attain rt. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction was quenched with sat. aq. NH 4 Cl. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (5-50 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 12 CV). The resulting yellow oils were used in the next step without further purification or characterization.STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenyl-2-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)propanoates

[0480] Ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoate (150 mmol) and cesium carbonate (Cs 2 CO 3 , 226 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 10 minutes at which time potassium iodide were added (KI, 150 mmol) and 4-(bromomethyl)-benzenesulfonamides (165 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction mixture was diluted with a large excess of ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The filtrate was washed with 1 M HCl, sat aq NH 4 Cl and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (20-40 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 16 CV).STEP 3: ethyl 2-(5-hydroxy-3-phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylates

[0481] A solution of ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenyl-2-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)propanoate (6.7 mmol), ethyl 2-hydrazinylthiazole-4-carboxylate, 2 HBr (7.3 mmol) and p-toluene sulfonic acid (pTsOH, 20 mmol) in dioxane was heated in a sealed vessel in the microwave for 15 min at 160 °C. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through celite. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (0-100 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 15 CV).STEP 4: Synthesis of 2-(5-hydroxy-3-phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids

[0482] To a solution of ethyl 2-(5-hydroxy-3-phenyl)-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (0.07 mmol) in THF / MeOH was added 1.5 M LiOH (0.27 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. Upon completion as detected by LCMS, the solvent was removed by forced air. The residue was taken into DMSO and purified directly via preparative reverse phase using gradient elution (4-100% acetonitrile modified with 0.1% TFA in water modified with 0.1% TFA). The product fractions were directly frozen and lyophilized overnight, yielding an off-white powder.Example 148

[0483] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(5-(hydroxy)-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acids. STEP 1: Synthesis of 4-((5-amino-1-substituted-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl) benzenesulfonamide

[0484] A solution of ethyl 2-hydrazinyl-5-methylthiazole-4-carboxylate (0.267 mmol), 4-(2-cyano-3-oxo-3-phenylpropyl)benzenesulfonamide (0.267 mmol) and tosic acid (0.534 mmol) in MeOH was heated in the microwave for 15 min. The crystals upon cooling was collected by filtration and washed with ethanol and dried used as such in the next step.STEP 2: 2-(5-amino-3-phenyl-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-methylthiazole-4-carboxylic acid

[0485] The titled compound was synthesized and purified in a similar manner as described in Example 18Example 149

[0486] This example describes the synthesis of 4-(((5-hydroxy-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)amino)benzenesulfonamide. STEP 1: Synthesis of 3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ol

[0487] To a solution of ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoate (24.7 mmol) in ethanol (15 ml) was added hydrazine hydrate (49 mmol) at 0 °C, then stirred at rt for 1 h. Upon completion, the product was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, bicarbonate and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The crude product obtained after evoporating the solvent was used as such in the next step.STEP 2: 4-(((5-hydroxy-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)amino)-benzenesulfonamide

[0488] 3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ol (0.5 g, 3.12 mmol and 4-aminobenzenesulfonamide (0.538 g, 3.12 mmol) in EtOH (Volume: 6.24 ml) was stirred in a sealed tube at 100 °C for 1h. The product precipitated upon cooling, and the slurry was sonicated for 5 minutes and filtered. The precipitate was washed with ethanol, re-suspended in DMSO and purified directly on reverse phase using gradient elution (4-100% acetonitrile modified with 0.1% TFA in water modified with 0.1% TFA).Example 150

[0489] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. STEP 1: Synthesis of 1-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-4,4,4-trifluorobutane-1,3-dione

[0490] A stirring solution of 1-(3,4-difluorophenyl)ethanone (3.20 mmol) in DMF (6 ml) was chilled to 0 °C before NaH (3.8 mmol) was added portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at which time ethyl 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (3.84 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to attain rt. Upon completion the reaction was quenched with water the pH was adjusted with 1 N HCl and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (5-50 % ethyl acetate in hexanes over 12 CV) to provide a yellow oil.STEP 2: Synthesis of 2-(3-(4-chlorophenyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid

[0491] A solution of 1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4,4,4-trifluorobutane-1,3-dione (3.99 mmol) and hydrazinecarbothioamide (3.99 mmol) in EtOH was refluxed for 12 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was boiled in chloroform and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and taken up EtOH then added ethyl 3-bromo-2-oxopropanoate (3.99 mmol) and refluxed for 1 h. Added concentrated sulfuric acid and refluxed overnight. The solvent was concentrated and the product extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with bicarbonate and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The crude product containing the mixture of products was purified on reverse phase preparative column. The second peak was collected and hydrolyzed with HCl / AcOH at 120 °C in a sealed tube for 1 h. After removing the solvent with forced air the crude product were purified directly on reverse phase preparative column (4-100% acetonitrile modified with 0.1% TFA in water modified with 0.1% TFA).Example 151

[0492] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid and 3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid. STEP 1: Synthesis of ethyl 4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2,4-dioxobutanoate

[0493] A solution of NaOEt (144 mmol) in ethanol was added 1-(3,4-difluorophenyl)ethanone (96 mmol) was stirred for 5 minutes at which time diethyl oxalate (106 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and a thick ppt was formed. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water containing 7 mL of conc HCl. A precipitate formed and was collected by filtration and washed with water and dried under air. The crude product was used as such in the next step.STEP 2: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(3,4-difluorophenvl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate

[0494] To a solution of ethyl 4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-2,4-dioxobutanoate (90 mmol) in ethanol was added hydrazine monohydrate (99 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. The reaction becomes clear solution and eventually the product precipitates. The solvent was removed and the desired compound was purified by recrystalization in ethanol.STEP 3: Synthesis of (3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methanol

[0495] To a solution of ethyl 3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (5.67 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added lithium aluminum hydride (11.34 mmol, 1.0 M in THF) slowly dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h then quenched with sat. aq. NH 4 Cl. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concetrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (50-100 % EA in hexanes).STEP 4: Synthesis of tert-butyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate

[0496] A solution of (3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methanol (0.952 mmol), tert-butyl 2-bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (1.047 mmol), (1S,2S)-N1,N2-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (0.190 mmol), CuI (0.095 mmol) and K 3 PO 4 (2.093 mmol) in dioxane was stirred at 110 °C in a sealed tube for 12 h. Upon completion the reaction mixture was stirred with thiol resin and filtered through celite and the celite pad was washed with ethyl acetate. After concentration the crude product was purified directly on silica using gradient elution (10-50 % ethyl acetate in hexanes) providing a white solid.STEP 5: Synthesis of 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylic acid

[0497] Tert-butyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate was deprotected with TFA / DCM. The product was purified directly on reverse phase preparative column (4-100% acetonitrile modified with 0.1% TFA in water modified with 0.1% TFA).STEP 6: Synthesis of 3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-1-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid

[0498] To a 5 dram vial were added methyl 2-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-formyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxylate (.014 g, 0.04 mmol) and Oxone (0.025 g, 0.04 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 hr. The reaction was complete by LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The org layer was dried with brine and Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified directly on reverse phase preparative column (4-100% acetonitrile modified with 0.1% TFA in water modified with 0.1% TFA).Example 152

[0499] This example describes the synthesis of 2-(3-([1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-5-hydroxy-4-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-4-carboxamide 70.

[0500] A stirring solu...

Claims

1. A compound of formula (Ia-1) wherein Ra is -R4, -OR4, or -NR5R6, each of which is substituted or unsubstituted; Rb and Rc are the same or different and each is H or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl; R2 is independently chosen from hydroxyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)R4, -CO2R4, -C(O)NR5R6, -NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, -(CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2NR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2R4, -(CH2)qaryl, -(CH2)qheteroaryl, and -(CH2)qheterocycloalkyl, each of which R2 except hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is independently chosen from hydroxyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -(C1-C4hydrocarbyl)C3-C6cycloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, -(C0-C4alkoxy)C3-C6cycloalkyl, -(C0-C4alkoxy)aryl, halo, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)R4, -CO2R4, -C(O)NR5R6, -NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, - (CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2NR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2R4, - (C0-C4hydrocarbyl)aryl, -(C0-C4hydrocarbyl)heteroaryl, -(C0-C4alkoxy)heteroaryl, -(C0-C4alkoxy)heterocycloalkyl, and -(C0-C4hydrocarbyl) heterocycloalkyl, each of which R3 except hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; or two R3 moieties and the phenyl group to which they are attached form a naphthyl group that is optionally substituted; each R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl, each of which C1-C8 alkyl and C3-C6 cycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R10 is aryl or aryl-C1-C8alkyl, each of which R10 is substituted or unsubstituted; X1 is a bond, -CR8R9-, -NR5-, -O-, -S(O)-, or -S(O)2-, or -S-, each of which R8 and R9 is substituted or unsubstituted; n is an integer from 0 to 4; and m and q are the same or different and each is 0 or an integer from 1-5, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein "substituted" means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with one selected from a halogen, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a (cycloalkyl)alkyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl having one or more unsaturated linkages and 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having one or more oxygen linkages and 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group, and an alkylthio group having one or more thioether linkages and 1 to 8 carbon atoms.

2. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein R2 is halogen and n is 1.

3. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein Ra is hydroxyl or substituted or unsubstituted -O(C1-C8 alkyl); Rb and Rc are H; n is 0; R3 is halo, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, -(C0-C2alkyl)heteroaryl, phenyl, or 3,4-dihalophenyl, each of which R3 except halo is substituted or unsubstituted; or two R3 moieties and the phenyl group to which they are attached form a naphthyl group that is optionally substituted; R10 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or substituted or unsubstituted benzyl; X1 is -CH2-or -NH-; and m is 0, 1, or 2.

4. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of formula (Ia-2): wherein Y= -CH=CH-, O, S, NH; Ra is -R4, -OR4, or -NR5R6, each of which R4, R5, and R6 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R2 is the same or different and is hydrogen, hydroxyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)R4, -CO2R4, -C(O)NR5R6, -NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, -(CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2NR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2R4, -(CH2)qaryl, -(CH2)qheteroaryl, or -(CH2)qheterocycloalkyl, each of which R2 except hydrogen, hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; each R11 and R12 is independently selected from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, NO2, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenylC1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C2 haloalkoxy, C1-C2 haloalkyl, C(O)R4, CO2R4, C(O)NR5R6, NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, -(CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, - (CH2)qSO2NR5R6, and -(CH2)qSO2R4, each of which R11 and R12 other than hydroxyl, halo, -CN, and NO2, is substituted or unsubstituted; each R4, R5, R6, and R7 is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl, each of which C1-C8 alkyl and C3-C6 cycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R10 is aryl or aryl-C1-C8alkyl, each of which R10 is substituted or unsubstituted; m and q are the same or different and each is 0 or 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and m' is 0 or an integer from 1-4.

5. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of formula (Ia-3): wherein Ra is -R4, -OR4, or -NR5R6, each of which R4, R5, and R6 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R2 is the same or different and each is hydrogen, hydroxyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)R4, -CO2R4, -C(O)NR5R6, -NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, -(CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2NR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2R4, -(CH2)qaryl, -(CH2)qheteroaryl, or -(CH2)qheterocycloalkyl, each of which R2 except hydrogen, hydroxyl, and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is hydroxyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)R4, -CO2R4, -C(O)NR5R6, -NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, -(CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2NR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2R4, -(CH2)qaryl, -(CH2)qheteroaryl, or -(CH2)qheterocycloalkyl, each of which R3 except hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; Rd is hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, halo, C1-C8 haloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, -CN, -CO2R4, -NR5R6, or -SO2R4, each of which Rd except halo and - CN is substituted or unsubstituted; each R4, R5, R6, and R7 is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl, each of which C1-C8 alkyl and C3-C6 cycloalkyl are substituted or unsubstituted; q is 0 or and integer from 1-5; m' is 0 or an integer from 1-4; and R10 is aryl or aryl-C1-C8alkyl, each of which R10 is substituted or unsubstituted.

6. The compound or salt of claim 5, where Rd is C3-C6cycloalkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or imidazolyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 or more substituents independently chosen from hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C1-C2alkyl, C1-C2alkoxy, mono- or di-C1-C2alkylamino, C1-C2haloalkyl, and C1-C2haloalkoxy.

7. The compound or salt of claim 5 or claim 6, where Rd is thienyl substituted with methyl.

8. The compound or salt of claim 4, wherein Ra is hydroxyl or substituted or unsubstituted -O(C1-C8 alkyl); R2 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-Cs alkoxy, or halo; R11 and R12 are each independently selected from substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkoxy, or halo; R10 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or substituted or unsubstituted benzyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; and m' is 0.

9. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of formula (Ia-4): wherein Ra is -R4, -OR4, or -NR5R6, each of which R4, R5, and R6 is substituted or unsubstituted; each R2 is the same or different and is hydrogen, hydroxyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, halo, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkyl, haloaryl, haloaryloxy, -CN, -NO2, -C(O)R4, -CO2R4, -C(O)NR5R6, -NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, -(CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2NR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2R4, -(CH2)qaryl, -(CH2)qheteroaryl, or -(CH2)qheterocycloalkyl, each of which R2 except hydrogen, hydroxyl and halo is substituted or unsubstituted; R3 is selected from C2-C6alkynyl, -(C0-C2alkyl)C3-C6cycloalkyl, -(C2-C4alkenyl)C3-C6cycloalkyl, -(C2-C4alkynyl)C3-C6cycloalkyl, -(C0-C2alkoxy)C3-C6cycloalkyl, dihydropyranyl, -(C0-C4alkoxy)phenyl, -(C0-C4alkyl)phenyl, -(C2-C4alkenyl)phenyl, -(C2-C4alkynyl)phenyl,-(C0-C4alkoxy)heteroaryl, -(C0-C4alkyl)heteroaryl, -(C2-C4alkenyl)heteroaryl, and -(C2-C4alkynyl)heteroaryl, where heteroaryl is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl having 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and where each R3 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 alkynyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, (C3-C6 cycloalkyl)C0-C2alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, and C1-C2haloalkoxy; each R11 is independently selected from hydroxyl, halo, -CN, NO2, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenylC1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C2 haloalkoxy, C1-C2 haloalkyl, -C(O)R4, -CO2R4, -C(O)NR5R6, -NR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR5(SO2)R4, -(CH2)qNR5C(O)R4, -(CH2)qNR7C(O)NR5R6, -(CH2)qNR5R6, -(CH2)qSO2NR5R6, and -(CH2)qSO2R4, each of which R11 and R12 other than hydroxyl, halo, -CN, NO2, is substituted or unsubstituted; each R4, R5, R6, and R7 is the same or different and each is hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl, each of which C1-C8 alkyl and C3-C6 cycloalkyl is substituted or unsubstituted; R10 is aryl or aryl-C1-C8alkyl, each of which R10 is substituted or unsubstituted; m is 0 or 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and m' is 0 or an integer from 1-4.

10. The compound or salt of claim 9, wherein Ra is hydroxyl; and Each R2 is independently chosen from hydrogen and halogen.

11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of claims 1-10 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

12. A compound or salt of any one of claims 1 to 10, or a composition of claim 11, for use in a method of treating a patient with cancer cells resistant to an anti-cancer agent, wherein in said method said compound or composition and said anti-cancer agent are administered to the patient and where, in said method, the compound or composition resensitizes the cancer cells to said anti-cancer agent.